Reference

NATL INST. OF STAND & TECH

A 111 Ob 2 b 1 2 0

b

NBSIR 84-3008

A CALORIMETER FOR MEASURING

HIGH-ENERGY OPTICAL PULSES

National Bureau of Standards

U.S. Department of Commerce

Boulder, Colorado 80303

October 1 984

- nC—

100

, U56

34-3008

1934

NATIONAL BUREAU

OF STANDARDS

LIBRARY

NBSIR 84-3008

%

0 «

* A CALORIMETER FOR MEASURING

HIGH-ENERGY OPTICAL PULSES

P.A. Simpson

E.G. Johnson, Jr.

S.M. Etzel

Electromagnetic Technology Division

National Engineering Laboratory

National Bureau of Standards

U.S. Department of Commerce

Boulder, Colorado 80303

October 1984

Sponsored by

Newark Air Force Base, Ohio

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE, Malcolm Baldrige, Secretary

NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS, Ernest Ambler, Director

CONTENTS

Page

List of Figures v 1. Description and Operational Procedures 1 1.1 Introduction 1 1.2 Description of CLOP 1 1.3 Operational Principle

1.3.1 Main Calorimeter Principles

1.3.2 Gas Flow Procedures

1.3.3 Functional Description of Modules Preceding

the Main Calorimeter 5 1.4 Description of Measurement and Data Handling Procedures 6 1.5 Data Reduction and Storage

2. Theoretical Basis of CLOP

2.1 Basic Principles 9 2.2 Derivation of Basic Equation 10 2.3 Laser Runs 13

3. Description of Components 15 3.1 Blast Shield 15 3.2 Extension Tube 15 3.3 Overspill Monitor/Backscatter Monitor 17 3.3.1 General Features 17 3.3.2 Overspill Monitor 18

3.3.3 Backscatter Monitor 18

3.3.4 OSM/BSM Shutter 20

3.4 Separation Tube

3.5 Mirror Reflector Surface 22

3.5.1 Description of Module Supporting Frame

3.5.2 Deflecting Plate 26

3.5.3 Foil Reflector 26 3.6 Main Calorimeter

3.6.1 General Features 28

3.6.2 Gas Flow 29

3.6.3 Electrical Instrumentation 30

3. 6. 3.1 Thermistor Sensors 30

3. 6. 3. 2 Resistance Thermometer Detector 34

3. 6. 3. 3 Calibration Heater 34 3.6.4 Main Calorimeter Shutter 34 3.7 Data Acquisition Rack 36

3.7.1 General Description 36

3.7.2 Main Power Switch Panel

3.7.3 Scanner

3.7.4 Status Light Panel 43

3.7.5 Shutter Control Panel 43

3.7.6 Power Monitor Panel 43

3.7.7 Digital Voltmeter 45

3.7.8 Pacer Unit (System T Only)

3.7.9 Input Gas Temperature Controller 48

3.7.10 Computer Section

3.7.11 Power Supply Section

3.7.11.1 Low Voltage dc Supplies

3.7.11.2 Calibration Power Supply Interface Unit 51 3.7.12 Calibration Power Supply Status Circuit

3.7.13 Preheater Control Circuit

3.7.14 Calibration Power Supply

3.7.15 Alternating Current Input Panel

3.7.16 CLOP Module Connection Panel

3.7.17 Gas Valve Control Output Panel

4. Computer Programs and Data Storage Files

4.1 Introduction

4.2 System T Programs and Data Files

4.2.1 Index (FILE 1) 4.2.2 CLOP (FILE 2)

4.2.3 CHANNEL MONITOR (FILE 3) 4.2.4 READ RUN DATA FILES (FILE 4)

4.2.5 CALCULATE RESULTS (FILE 5) 4.2.6 READ ELECTRICAL SUMMARY FILE (FILE 6)

i i i
4.2.7 CALCULATE CAL FACTORS (FILE 7) 64

4.2.8 RUN KEPCO (FILE 8) 66

4.2.9 System T Data Tapes 65

4.3

System H Programs and Data Files 66

4.3.1 "Autost" 66 4.3.2 "CL0P2" 66

4.3.3 “CALC" 66 4.3.4 "ELSCAN" 67 4.3.5 "FACTOR" 67 4.3.6 "FILEXM" 67 4.3.7 "CHMON" 68

4.3.8 "KEPCO" 68

4.3.9 System H Data Files 68

5. References 70

Appendix A. Conversion Routines Between Decimal and Flexadecimal

Based Number Systems 71 Appendix B. System T Program Listings and Variable Maps 72 Appendix C. System H Program Listings and Variable Maps 128

i v
List of Figures

Page

Figure 1-1. Photograph of CLOP system controlled by System H computer 3 Figure 1-2. Photograph of CLOP system controlled by System T computer 4 Figure 1-3. Time progression of events during one measurement run with CLOP 5 Figure 3-1. Extension tube bridge circuit schematic diagram 16 Figure 3-2. Schematic diagram of the heater circuit for the extension tube 17 Figure 3-3. OSM bridge circuit schematic diagram (System H) 19 Figure 3-4. OSM bridge circuit schematic diagram (System T) 19 Figure 3-5. BSM bridge circuit schematic diagram (System H) 21 Figure 3-6. BSM bridge circuit schematic diagram (System T) 21 Figure 3-7. Wiring diagram of the 24-pin connector on the OSM/BSM circuits box

Figure 3-8. OSM/BSM shutter circuit schematic diagram 23

Figure 3-9. Separation tube bridge circuit schematic diagram (System H) 24 Figure 3-10. Separation tube bridge circuit schematic diagram (System T) 24 Figure 3-11. Schematic wiring diagram of deflector heater circuit 25 Figure 3-12. Schematic wiring diagram of deflector RTD circuit

Figure 3-13. Schematic wiring diagram of deflector bridge circuit 27 Figure 3-14. Cross sectional view of calorimeter unit 28

Figure 3-15. Total gas flow system for CLOP. Either the output from the high pressure

manifold may be connected to an electrically operated valve on the low

pressure manifold or individual cylinders with PRV's may be connected to the low pressure manifold 29

Figure 3-16. Schematic diagram of Mass Flow In bridge circuit 31 Figure 3-17. Schematic diagram of Temperature In bridge circuit 31 Figure 3-18. Schematic diagram of Mass Flow Out bridge circuit 32

Figure 3-19. Schematic diagram of Temperature Out bridge circuit

Figure 3-20. Typical I-V curve for thermistor sensors Figure 3-21. Wiring diagram for 15-pin connector on gas input circuits box

Figure 3-22. Wiring diagram for 24-pin connector on gas output circuits box 35

Figure 3-23. Schematic diagram for the bridge circuit for the main calorimeter RTD 35 Figure 3-24. Schematic diagram of calorimeter shutter circuit 37 Figure 3-25. Front view of the data acquisition rack for System H 39

Figure 3-26. Front view of the data acquisition rack for System T 40

Figure 3-27. Rear view of the data acquisition racks for both systems 41 Figure 3-28. Wiring diagram of the main power switch panel 42

Figure 3-29. Schematic wiring diagram of the status light panel (System H) 44

Figure 3-30. Schematic wiring diagram of the status light panel (System T) 44 Figure 3-31. Schematic diagram of the switching circuit for measuring low dc voltage 45

Figure 3-32. Schematic diagram of the circuit for measuring the dc electrical voltage

and current 46

Figure 3-33. Schematic diagram of input gas temperature controller 49

Figure 3-34. Wiring diagram of low voltage dc power supply section 51 Figure 3-35. Schematic diagram of calibration power supply status circuit 53

Figure 3-36. Schematic diagram of preheater control circuit

Figure 3-37. Wiring diagram of connector JO to heater circuits 57 Figure 3-38. Wiring diagram of connector J1 to extension tube

bridge circuit (System H) 57 Figure 3-39. Wiring diagram of connector J1 to extension tube

bridge circuit (System T) 57 Figure 3-40. Wiring diagram of connector J2 to OSM/BSM bridge circuits

Figure 3-41. Wiring diagram of connector J3 to separation tube bridge circuits

Figure 3-42. Wiring diagram of connector J4 to deflector bridge circuit

Figure 3-43. Wiring diagram of connector J5A to main calorimeter

gas output circuits box

Figure 3-44. Wiring diagram of connector J5B to main calorimeter

gas input circuits box (System H)

Figure 3-45. Wiring diagram of connector J5B to main calorimeter

gas input circuits box (System T)

Figure 3-46. Wiring diagram of connector J6 to OSM/BSM shutter motors

Figure 3-47. Wiring diagram of connector J7 to main calorimeter shutter motors

Figure 3-48. Wiring diagram of gas valve control output panel

v

A Calorimeter for Measuring High-Energy Optical Pulses

P. A. Simpson, E. G. Johnson, Jr., and S. M. Etzel

National Bureau of Standards

Electromagnetic Technology Division

Boulder, Colorado 80303

Two similar calorimeters for measuring laser pulses in the range 1 kJ to 15 kJ are described. The calorimeters, which are electrically calibrated, can be operated anywhere

from the ultraviolet to infrared by selecting the proper materials for the volume absorber

and deflecting mirror. Operation of each calorimeter is controlled by a dedicated desktop computer. The theoretical basis for the calorimeters is given as are the constructional and operational details. The computer programs that are used are included in the

appendi ces

.

Key words: calorimeter; electrically calibrated calorimeter; high energy calorimeter;

laser pulse; volume absorbing calorimeter.

1. Description and Operational Procedures

1.1 Introduction

This publication describes two reference standard calorimeters for laser optical pulses (CLOP).

The instruments are designed to measure pulses having energies from 1 to 15 kJ at wavelengths from

ultraviolet to infrared. Beam size can be as big as 30 cm by 15 cm. They are presently set up for

measurements at 340 nm and 10.6 um but can be rather simply adapted for other wavelengths by merely

selecting the appropriate materials for a new volume absorber and mirror. The two entire units can be

electrically calibrated and hence may be referred back to the basic SI measurement system. The two calorimeter systems have been built to be quite similar, but do possess minor differences because they

are controlled by computers from different manufacturers.

1.2 Description of CLOP

CLOP consists of five modules designed to trap the laser radiation and convert it to heat. The

normal configuration of CLOP, from input to beam termination, is (1) extension tube, (2) overspill

monitor, (3) backscatter monitor, (4) separation tube, (5) deflecting mirror, and (6) main calorimeters, hence five modules contain six energy-measuring units. The overspill monitor and backscatter

monitor share the same module. CLOP is so designed that the order of the modules may be rearranged or any of the modules may be omitted if so desired. The major portion of the radiation is absorbed in

the main calorimeter which is housed in a thermally isolated enclosure. The other four modules ar- designed to reduce ambient effects on the main calorimeter, steer the beam into the main calorimet

and estimate the radiation reflected back out of the main calorimeter. All of the modules are in,:

mented to measure their temperature rise and have provision for individual electrical calibration.

A blast shield is provided to be placed around the entrance aperture of CLOP to protect it fr damage caused by errant laser shots. This unit is not instrumented. It is so designed to direct tn. reflected laser beam downward at a shallow angle.

1
Operation of one of the calorimeters is controlled by an HP 85* computer (System H) contained in

a data acquisition rack. The other calorimeter is controlled by a Tektronix 4052A (System T) located

outside the data acquisition rack. The data acquisition rack contains the necessary equipment to record the output of the various sensors and contains the power supplies required to operate the electronics associated with CLOP and perform the electrical calibrations. Finally, a gas supply system

consisting of a high-pressure manifold for connecting nitrogen gas cylinders to CLOP, a pressure

reducing valve (PRV), an electrically operated off-on valve on a low-pressure manifold, and a gas preheater is also supplied. The high-pressure manifold is mounted on a stand which also serves as a base

for sturdy mounting of the gas cylinders. This manifold has been tested for safe operation and leakfree integrity at pressures of 15168472 Pa (2200 psi). Pictures of the two versions of CLOP are shown

in figures 1-1 and 1-2.

1.3 Operational Principle

1.3.1 Main Calorimeter Principles

CLOP uses a volume-absorbing material to capture the laser radiation, thus avoiding the damage

effects possible with surface absorbers. For 340 nm, the material used is common soda glass since

this material has an absorption coefficient compatible with present-day, high-energy uv lasers (~1 kJ)

[1]. If, in the future, higher energy lasers are to be measured, a more transparent material will

have to be used and small chunks (~1 cm size) substituted for the glass plates to avoid fracturing due

to thermal stress. For 10.6 ym radiation, calcium fluoride pieces are used as the absorber [2].

Even though the bulk of the laser radiation is absorbed in the volume absorber and the resultant

temperature rise is associated with this material, the temperature sensors cannot be located in the

absorber. The radiation might damage or destroy the sensors. Consequently, dry nitrogen gas is blown

through the porously stacked absorber and the temperature rise of the gas measured. Thus, the calorimeter is instrumented with expediently located thermistors to measure the mass and temperature of the gas entering and leaving the main calorimeter. A copper resistance thermometer is also included

to measure the gas temperature just before it flows through the volume absorber. The PRV maintains

the gas flow sufficiently constant for the measurements and a feedback circuit from the temperature in

thermistor to the preheater maintains the gas input temperature constant, offsetting the cooling of

the gas due to expansion.

Since the gas is the vehicle for transferring the temperature rise information, none must be allowed to escape through leaks. It must all flow past the temperature out thermistor. Thus, the

main calorimeter is a sealed unit with just a single gas exit area. Just before the laser pulse is to

be shot into the main calorimeter the gas is turned off and a trapdoor that seals the main calorimeter

entrance aperture is opened. After the laser shot the trapdoor is closed again and the gas flow

resumed. In System H this time window is 14 s; in System T it is 33 s.

*Certain commercial equipment, instruments, or materials are identified in this paper in order to adequately specify the experimental procedure. Such identification does not imply recommendation or endorsement by the National Bureau of Standards, nor does it imply that the materials or equipment

identified are necessarily the best available for the purpose.

2
—

—

3

Photograph

of

CLOP

system

controlled

by

System

H

computer.
4

Figure

1-2.

Photograph

of

CLOP

system

controlled

by

System T

computer.
1.3.2 Gas Flow Procedures

Gas flow is furnished from cylinders of dry nitrogen gas. At the flow conditions enumerated in

the computer program, one cylinder at 15168472 Pa (2200 psi) will be just insufficient for a single

run. Thus, provisions are made for two different methods of uninterrupted gas flow during a run.

The first method, although inferior to the second, can be used if conditions preclude the preferred method. This first method uses two to four cylinders, each with its own PRV connected to the

separate electrically operated valves on the low-pressure manifold. During the setup procedure for

the run, each PRV is adjusted one at a time to produce the prescribed reading from the mass flow in

thermistor. In practice, this is quite difficult and a slight discontinuity results whenever gas cylinders are changed.

The second and preferred method uses three or more cylinders connected to the high-pressure gas manifold. One PRV outputs gas from the manifold at low pressure to a single electrically operated

valve on the low-pressure manifold. Two gas cylinders are used to charge the high-pressure manifold

and the rest is held in reserve. When the first two cylinders are nearly empty (at -6894.76 x 10 Pa [100 psi]), one cylinder is shut off from the manifold and a reserve cylinder opened up to the manifold. During this manual switching process the second of the two original cylinders has sufficient

capacity to maintain the required flow conditions. This second method produces a much more constant

gas flow than the first, and is the preferred method.

1.3.3 Functional Description of Modules Preceding the Main Calorimeter

As mentioned in section 1.2, the four modules preceding the main calorimeter have three functions. These are: steering the beam, isolation of the main calorimeter from the ambient conditions,

and measurement of energy reflected back out of the main calorimeter.

The main calorimeter, because of the fact the volume absorber does not lend itself to vertical

stacking, must have its entrance aperture facing upward. Thus, directly above the main calorimeter is

a module with a mirror-like surface used to deflect a horizontal beam downward into the main calorimeter. This surface need not be an optically flat, aberration-free surface but it must be shiny and

free from any blemishes or other imperfections that could possibly cause plasma ignition or high absorption with its associated burning.

Two different kinds of surfaces have been furnished. The first uses highly polished copper sur- faces to which a thin plate containing the electrical instrumentation sensors is attached on the backside. These mirrors were originally acquired for use at C0

2 wavelengths and should not be used in the

uv because of their low reflectivity.

The preferred deflecting surface consists of a foil reflector stretched over an instrumented bad

piece. The foil is stretched tight and a slight negative pressure applied to maintain the shape.

When the foil is eventually damaged it is merely thrown away and a new piece used. Highly polished

thin aluminum sheets may be used in place of the foil but the material should be rolled since this

method of manufacturing greatly reduces the occurrence of possible damage center sites in the metal.

Preceding the mirror module is the separation tube module. This unit is a tube 91.5 cm long wun

an i.d. of 43 cm. The inside is black anodized aluminum to absorb scattered laser radiation. !'

length of the unit helps reduce the solid angle of the ambient seen by the main calorimeter.

5
In front of the separation tube is a disc-shaped module containing a backscatter monitor (BSM)

and an overspill monitor (OSM). The BSM is used to measure the reflected energy from the main calorimeter, while the purpose of the OSM is to indicate poorly directed laser shots in which only part or none of the energy enters the main calorimeter. In the center of the module is a 15 cm by 30 cm aperture similar in shape to the aperture of the main calorimeter. A dual shutter closes this aperture to block out ambient effects except for a short time window when the main calorimeter trap door is also

opened for the laser shot.

In front of the BSM/OSM module is the extension tube module. The module is a duplicate of the

separation tube and is used to further reduce the effects of the external environment.

1.4 Description of Measurement and Data Handling Procedures

Operation of CLOP is controlled completely by the desktop computer. The operator inputs the run conditions and the computer takes over. When the run is completed the operator indicates what he wants done to the data. All computer programs are discussed in detail in section 4 and listed in

appendices B and C. This section will give just a general outline of the steps.

There are two classes of cassette tapes furnished with each CLOP system. These are program tapes

and data tapes. All of the programs necessary for operating each CLOP system is on the one program

tape for that system. A duplicate copy of each of the two different program tapes (System T and System H) is also furnished. As good practice, the program tapes are kept in the write-protected conditi on.

The first program used is the data-taking program. This is accessed somewhat differently in the

two systems because of the different type computers. In System T it is most easily accessed by using

the AUTO LOAD button, that loads the tape index from which the desired program can be called up. In the System H the computer memory space requires that the program be split into two parts and chained

together for operation. The first part is labeled "Autost". This program name will automatically

load and run, if the tape is fully inserted before System H is first turned on. Of course, these programs can be loaded and run using the ordinary commands from the keyboard as described in the computer

instruction manuals.

The data-taking program first initializes the equipment and then goes through a pre-run checklist

including a 45 min warm-up period if that is required. Next, the run parameters are input. Table 1.1

lists the various parameters and the format to be used. In addition to acquiring these parameters,

the program also leads the operator through the various steps to set up the gas flow if the main calorimeter is to receive energy (laser or electrical). When all this is accomplished a final check list

is presented in anticipation of starting the data-taking. It is at this point that the System H performs the previously mentioned CHAINing operation.

Figure 1-3 shows the time progression of events during a run. During the 2 min adjustment period

and the 8 min monitor period, the output from all 10 sensors is measured at 3 s intervals and displayed on the computer screen. The 2 min adjustment period allows the operator to set the zero reading (i.e., the baseline reading before laser or electrical energy injection) of any sensors he so desires; the 8 min monitor period allows him to verify that all relevant sensor outputs are stable to within acceptable limits. The operator can abort the run any time during these two periods with a user-defined key on the computer. An abort in the 2 min adjustment period stops the program which can

6
Figure 1-3. Time progression of events during one measurement run with CLOP.

be restarted at the beginning of the 2 min adjustment by pressing the CONT key. An abort during the

8 min monitor period restarts the program at the beginning of the 2 min adjustment period.

When the 8 min monitor period is completed the run enters the data-taking stage.

WARNING

During the data-taking period of laser (L) and combination (C) runs, all

personnel should leave the area for a place safe from the laser. After the

laser shot when the CLOP area is again safe they may return. For electrical

(E) runs the personnel can remain with CLOP.

Here the output of all the sensors is measured every second. Every 6 s the values are summed and

stored in the appropriate location of a 10 column by 176 row matrix (V0). The first 8 min of the

data-taking period are to record the zero readings of the sensors. For mathematical purposes this

8 min interval as well as a final one are divided into two 4-min intervals each. These four periods

are referred to as the Zero Guard Period, the Zero Rating Period, the Transition Period, and the Final

Rating Period.

Interposed between the two 8-min periods is a 96-s Injection Period. During this time the gas flow is stopped and shutters opened. The laser shot is now made into CLOP (unless the run is an electrical calibration). Next, the shutters are closed and gas flow resumed. Finally, electrical ener ,,

is injected if the run is an E or C type (see table 1.1).

When the run is completed, all appropriate functions of CLOP are shut down and a run-end cn-> . -

list presented. When the checklist is completed, some preliminary mathematical manipulations arc performed and the run data is stored in a temporary data file selected by the operator. Finally, •

mathematical processing program is called up.

7
Table 1.1. Run parameters entered for CLOP runs.

Parameters Format

1. Run number 1. YYMMDD.RR Y = year; M = month; D = day; R = run no. for that

day; e.g., 830217.03 is the third run on February 17, 1983

2. Run type 2. L = Laser

E = Electrical

C = Combination (laser and electrical energy injected into the

main calorimeter)

3. Calorimeter configuration 3. DDDDDD D = digit; 1 = extension tube; 2 = OSM; 3 = BSM; 4 = separation tube; 5 = deflector or foil reflector; 6 = main

calorimeter; 0

= no module

4. Mirror device 4. D D = digit; 1 = deflector; 2 = foi 1 reflector

5. Room temperature 5. Degrees centigrade

6. Barometric pressure 6. Millimeters of mercury

7. Electrical energy 7. Joules (E and C runs only)

1.5 Data Reduction and Storage

The data reduction are performed by program "CALC" on System H and by file 5 on System T. These

programs calculate the zeroth, first, and second moments for each sensor's voltage output curve in the zero rating period, the transition period, and the final rating period. For a detailed description of

the mathematics involved see section 2.2.

For laser and combination runs, the moments for all the sensors along with other pertinent information are stored in data files. No provisions for further mathematic manipulations of this type data

have been developed at this time as no experience with laser shots has yet been acquired. As this

experience is gained it is expected that the routines will be developed. Section 2.3 offers some thoughts for consideration for a first approach to this development. In System H the data storage

files are on tape LASER RUNS 1; for System T they are files 24 through 33 on each data tape.

For electrical calibration runs, calibration factors are calculated for the Temperature Out sensor and the main calorimeter resistance thermometer detector (RTD) as also for the RTD of each of

the ancillary modules. A stability factor is calculated for the Mass Flow In, Mass Flow Out, and Tem- perature In sensors. The moments, calibration factors, stability factors, and other pertinent data

are stored in the appropriate electrical summary file. There is one summary file for each sensor.

For the System FI these files are on the tape labeled ELECTRICAL SUMMARY. In System T these are files

12 through 22 on the data tapes.

Finally, one more operation is performed on the results of the electrical runs. A "best" esti- mate of the calibration factor for each temperature sensor is derived. This is done by still another

program ("FACTOR" on System H, file 7 on System T). These programs calculate the mean and standard

deviation for the RTD of each ancillary module. For the main calorimeter RTD and Temperature Out sensor, the program performs a linear least squares fit of calibration factor as a function of the

first moment (drift) during the zero rating period. The reason for this is discussed in section 2.

The results are stored in the form of an 8 x 4 matrix in data file "CALFAX" on System H and file

23 on the System T along with an operator-input descriptive information note for each sensor. Table 1.2 shows the storage scheme used for the data.

8
Table 1.2. Array F0 for storing CLOP calibration factors

.

1 2 3 4

1 KO % std. dev. No. of points A1

of KO main cal . mai n cal

.

mai n cal

.

mai n cal

.

RTD RTD RTD RTD

2 KO % std. dev. No. of points A1

of KO temp, out temp, out temp, out temp, out

3 KO % std. dev. No. of points % std. dev.

of KO of A1 for

foil refl. foil refl. foil refl. main cal. RTD

4 KO % std. dev. No. of points % std. dev.

of KO of A1 for

mi rror mi rror mi rror temp.

deflector deflector deflector out

5 KO % std. dev. No. of points 0 Of KO (not used)

separati on separati on separati on tube tube tube

6 KO % std. dev. No. of points 0 of KO (not used)

BSM BSM BSM

7 KO % std. dev. No. of points 0 of KO (not used)

OSM OSM OSM

8 KO % std. dev. No. of points 0 Of KO (not used)

extensi on extension extension

tube tube tube

No "best" values are calculated for the Mass Flow In, Mass Flow Out , and Temperature In sensors

since these readings may vary from run to run and the constancy of the value during the run is the

important factor.

2. Theoretical Basis of CLOP

2.1 Basic Principles

Ordinarily, laser calorimetry involves the injection of energy into the calorimeter and after a suitable time period to allow high-order heat modes to decay, fitting a single-mode exponential cjrve

to the data to determine the magnitude of injected energy [3]. CLOP, however, is a dynamic, gas- flowing system and as such does not lend itself readily to the above method. That method is oas-r; isoperibol conditions; CLOP is a non-i soperi bol system.

A method of moments has been developed to reduce the sensor voltage output data and est^: ns r

procedure for summarizing the results. As mentioned in section 1.4 and shown in figure

four 4-min periods of rapid data taking: the zero guard period, the zero rating period, •oe traps'

tion period, and the final rating period. Interposed between the zero rating period and tr>? • r ; r - tion period is a 96 s injection period. For the latter three 4-min periods the zerot h

, firs*.

9
second moments are calculated as described in section 2.2. These moments correspond to the dc value,

the drift, and the curvature of the sensor output voltage curve. They are calculated in such a manner

that they are orthogonal to each other.

This is the primary data reduction method. The zero guard and the zero rating periods provide

the baseline information to confirm that the system is operating in a reproducible way, namely that

the drift is constant. Once this is so, energy is injected into that calorimeter to create a differential change from the nominal baseline conditions. This change is a measure of the amount of injected energy and is determined by subtracting the zeroth and first moments of the zero rating period

from the zeroth and first moments of the transition period. This method assumes that while the

shutters are open heat flow into and out of the calorimeter is negligible. Maximum accuracy is achieved by making the mass flow in and temperature in of the nitrogen gas the same for laser shot

runs and electrical calibration runs. Also, the shutters are opened and closed in like manner for

both type runs.

In section 2.2 we shall define the calculation of the moments and then define how the temperature

differential is computed based on these moments. We have found that there is a drift term present in temperature out sensor signal and, while it may not be the same value from one run to the next, it can

be made constant for any one run. Thus, for each run the drift can be subtracted out of the data to determine quite precisely the differential change from the baseline conditions. We believe the drift terms arise from the fact that the absorber material is at a cooler temperature than the flowing gas and is absorbing heat from the gas as it is being raised toward the temperature of the gas.

The second moment is used basically as an indicator that the drift is constant. When this is so the second moment is insignificant.

Thus, the calibration procedure for the main calorimeter requires the determination of two con- stants. The first is a fundamental energy constant and the second is a linear correction factor based

on the drift (e.g., the first moment in the zero rating period). This determination is accomplished

by performing a linear least squares fit of calibration factor versus first moment as measured from a number of different runs [4]. The Y intercept is the fundamental constant and the slope of the line

is the drift coefficient or linear correction factor.

For the ancillary modules we determine just the fundamental energy constant. Here we assume that

the drift term is insignificant which is quite valid since these modules will be absorbing only a small portion of the total energy of a laser shot and the drift term will be a second-order correction. For these calibration factors only an average and standard deviation need be calculated.

For the mass flow in, mass flow out, and temperature in data a stability factor is calculated

based on the zeroth and first moments of the zero rating period and the transition period. No further

mathematical operations are performed on these data but the data are saved if needed for future use.

2.2 Derivation of Basic Equation

In deriving the basic equations we shall endeavor to use the same designation for each particular

quantity as is used in the computer programs for performing calculations. First, we must consider how

the data are taken. Voltage readings of a sensor output are taken at 1 s intervals for 1056 s (four

4-min periods and a 96 s injection period). During the data-taking process these are averaged on a

10
Table 2.1. Numerical indicator for CLOP sensors.

Numbers

System H System T Sensor

0 1 Mai n calorimeter RTD

1 2 Mai n calorimeter mass flow out

2 3 Mai n calorimeter temperature out

3 4 Mai n calorimeter mass flow in

4 5 Mai n calorimeter temperature in

5 6 Foi 1 reflector or deflector

6 7 Separation tube

7 8 Backscatter monitor

8 9 Overspill monitor

9 10 Extension tube

6 s basis to reduce noise in the readings and because of computer memory space limitations. Thus, we have for each sensor 176 values representing its output over the time period t = 0 to t = 1055 s. These are stored in the array V(I,J), where 0 > I > 175 and 0 < J < y, (J = sensor index, see table

2.1). Note that for System T the index limits are increased by 1 since that computer does not allow

an array index of 0.

In terms of the actual time expressed in seconds, we can say,

XI = 237 starting time of the zero rating period,

X2 = 477 ending time of the zero rating period,

X3 = 573 starting time of the transition period,

X4 = 813 ending time of the transition period and the starting time of the final rating period,

and

X5 = 1053 ending time of the final rating period.

Also,

X7 = (XI + X2)/2 midpoint of the zero rating period,

X8 = (X4 + X5)/2 midpoint of the final rating period, and

X9 = (X3 + X4)/2 midpoint of the transition period.

Now we set N = 20, which represents the half width of the stored values in array V ( I

, J ) for any one sensor during any of the three periods of interest. Also X0 = (X2 - XI), the duration in seconds of

each of the time periods of interest, so that we derive Z0, the number of measurements represented by

each value in V(I,J) , as

Z0 = X0/2N. (2-1)

Because we will be using a finite number of terms in the integrals that will calculate the

moments, we need to introduce a first-order correction factor to get true orthogonality. This term,

A0, is

A0 = 1 - 1/4N 2

. ( 2-2

11
Normalization constants for the moments are

C0 = 1//X0 (zeroth moment), (2-3)

Cl = /12/A0/(X0)

3/2

(first moment), (2-4)

C2 = /T8O/(X0)

5/2

(second moment). (2-5)

Using the above terms we can now calculate the moments for the output from any sensors as

N-l Y0(n,J) = l P0 • V((K1 + Z1)/Z0,J), (2-6) I=-N

where

Y0(n,J) =

n =

J

=

P0 =

K1 =

Z1 =

V(x,J) =

N & Z0

where

Vl(n,J) =

PI =

where

Y2(n ,J ) =

P2 =

an array containing the zeroth moments of the various sensors for the periods of

i nterest,

0 for zero rating period, 1 for final rating period, and 2 for transition period in System H (add 1 for System T),

an index representing the sensor (see table 1.2),

zeroth moment function and equal to C0,

X 7 for the zero rating period, X8 for final rating period, and X9 for the transition

period,

Z0(I + 0.5)

an array containing the averaged values of output voltage from all the sensors, and

as defined above;

N-l Yl(n,J) = l PI • V (

( K 1 + Z1)/Z0,J), (2-7) I=-N

an array containing the first moments of the various sensors for the periods of interest,

the first moment function and equal to Cl • Zl, and n, J, V(x,J), N, K1 , Z1 , Z0, and

Cl are as previously defined; and

N-l Y2(n,J) = l P2 • V((K1 + Z1)/Z0,J), (2-8) I=-N

an array containing the second moments of the various sensors for the periods of

i nterest,

the second moment function and equal to C2(Z1^ -(A0 • X0^)/12), and n, J, V(x,J), N,

Kl, Zl, Z0, X0, A0, and C2 are previously defined.

We can now define a calibration factor, K0, as

K0(J) = Y0( 2 , J ) - Y0(0, J) - /12

J0

T2 • Y 1 ( 0 , J

)

(2-9)

12
where

K0(J) =

J

=

Y|i(x,J) =

Yl(x,J) =

T2 =

J0 =

calibration constant for the particular sensor,

index of the sensor as given in table 1.2,

the zeroth moment as defined above,

the first moment as defined above,

the ratio of the sensor output voltage after the shutter closes to that before the

shutter opens (assume T2 = 1), and

injected electrical energy in joules.

For the mass flow in, mass flow out, and temperature out, we wish to calculate a stability factor

which will give us a measure of how constant the input conditions are for a particular run. This we define as

K0(J) = Y0( 2 , J) - Y0(0,J) - /12 • T2 • Y1(0,1), (2-1U)

where

K0 = the stability factor, and all the rest of the terms are as defined above for the calibration factor.

Now there remains the task of determining a "best" value of calibration factor. As mentioned in section 2.1, we found that the calibration factor is a linear function of temperature. Thus, we perform a series of electrical calibrations on the main calorimeter which have various drift rates and

for the temperature out and main calorimeter RTD we perform a least squares fit on the following equation

. K0(n) A1 . vi(M)

J0

( 2

- 11 )

where

A1 = drift coefficient, and all the rest of the terms are as previously defined.

For all the modules other than the main calorimeter, we assume A1 = 0 and simply calculate an average calibration factor (K0) and its standard deviation. These "best" values are stored in an 8x4 array, F0, in a data file. Table 2.1 shows the organization of F0. Note no "best" values are determined for the mass flow in, mass flow out, and temperature in.

2.3 Laser Runs

Since no experience using lasers on CLOP has been acquired as yet, this section will only offer

various points as a guide to developing future procedures and computer programs for processing the

data from laser and combination runs. As experience is acquired, first procedures (and the related

computer programs) should be refined.

In order to calculate the injected energy for a laser run, we need to transpose the terms in eq (2-11) for the temperature out sensor in the main calorimeter and eq (2-9) for the sensors in the

ancillary modules. Thus, for the temperature out we get from eq (2-11)

F - Y0(i + 2,J) - Y0(i,J) - Jvi - T2 Y 1

(

i

, J

)

K0 + A1 • Y 1( i ,J)

13
where

E =

i =

J =

K0 =

A1 =

Y0(i,J)

Yl(i ,J) T2

laser energy absorbed in the main calorimeter in joules,

0 for System H and 1 for System T, index of the temperature sensor as given in table 1.2,

F0(2,l) in the file of "best" values,

F0(2,4) in the same file,

zeroth moment as stored in a laser run results file,

first moment as stored in the laser run results file, and

as defined in eq (2-11).

For the ancillary modules eq (2-9) transposes to become

E _ Y0(i + 2 , J) - Y0(i,J) - /12 • T2 • Yl(i,J)

K0

(2-13)

where

E = the energy in joules absorbed by the module,

K0 = F0(l,a) with a being determined for the particular module from table 2.1, and the rest of

the terms are as in eq (2-12).

It should be noted that the OSM has a high reflectance and the value of E in eq (2-13) is actually E^ in eq (3-1). The actual laser energy incident upon the OSM should be modified accordingly.

Now the total laser energy is the sum of the energies measured by the various units of CLOP. However, there are two more important factors to be considered, backscatter and inequivalence. Considering the index of refraction for the glass and calcium fluoride (n = 1.5 or less), the reflection

should be of the order of 4 percent or less. Also, the orientation of the surfaces of the absorbing

material is such that the reflected light must experience additional reflections (with some associated

absorption) before escaping through the calorimeter trapdoor opening. The light will then experience

more reflections off of the surfaces of the deflecting unit and the separation tube before arriving at the BSM. The surface of the separation tube is quite black. At the BSM some of the energy will be

absorbed by its black surface but some will escape through the open aperture where more will be

absorbed by the extension tube. This untrapped (and unmeasured) backscatter should be quite small but

it would be prudent to confirm this analysis.

The inequivalence arises from differences in the way the laser energy is injected as compared to the way the electrical energy is injected. The laser energy is absorbed (and converted to heat)

throughout the entire volume of the absorber. The electrical energy heats the moving nitrogen gas by

conduction and convection which must then transfer the heat to the surface of the absorbing materials.

Some of the electrical energy also heats the walls of the calorimeter by radiation. With the large

ratio of surface area to volume for the glass plates there should be very little difference when

extracting the heat from that absorber, whether it was deposited by optical or electrical energy. The

same should hold true for the calcium fluoride for pieces up to 1 cm on a side. Larger pieces may have to be broken down. Thus, the major contributor to inequivalence in the main calorimeter will

probably be the less efficient way of transferring the electrical energy to the volume absorbing

materi al

.

14
The deflector unit receives the full energy of the laser beam but should absorb only 1 or 2 percent of it. Thus, inequivalence here should not be as serious as in the main calorimeter. The foil

reflector with its air space between the foil and the plate on which the sensor and heater are mounted

should have a greater inequivalence than the mirror deflecting unit. However, an inequivalence of 50

percent should only introduce a 0.5 to 1.0 percent error in the total energy measurement.

The same holds true for the other ancillary modules. Here we are talking about measuring only 4 percent of the total energy so we can tolerate inequivalences of 50 percent. This would yield an additional error of 2 percent in the total energy measurement. The close, intimate contact of the

electrical heaters and sensors for these units plus the black surfaces and thin walls should result in

a much greater equivalence than 50 percent.

3. Description of Components

3.1 Blast Shield

The blast shield is a piece of aluminum 99 cm by 99 cm and 1.6 mm thick. This shield leans forward at an angle of approximately 20 degrees from the vertical so that any radiation reflected from it

is directed downward and absorbed at some remote place. In the center is a 42 cm diameter tube which

mates with the inside of the next section, the extension tube. The blast shield is held in place by two aluminum straps which connect to supports on the mounting stand for the extension tube.

No electrical instrumentation is associated with the blast shield; its sole function is to provide some measure of protection for CLOP in the event there is a gross misalignment of the laser beam.

3.2 Extension Tube

The extension tube is made from black anodized aluminum. It is 92 cm long by 43 cm in diameter

and 1.6 mm thick. It is enclosed in an insulating jacket made from aluminum which is lined on the

inside with 2.54 cm foamed polystyrene to isolate the unit from ambient effects. The outer dimensions

of the insulating jacket are 90 cm long by 50 cm square. The extension tube protrudes 1 cm beyond

each end of the insulating jacket to permit connecting to adjacent sections.

Instrumentation is provided to measure the temperature change of the unit and thus the amount of

absorbed backscattered energy from the laser shot. The instrumentation consists of two insulated,

bifilar windings of #40 copper wire which are wrapped in a coincident spiral around the outside of the

extension tube. Pitch of the spiral is 2 cm per turn. Nominal resistance of each winding is 440 n and the two are equal to within 0.5 n. The two windings are designated RT1 and RT2 and form opposite

arms of a bridge circuit.

This bridge circuit is shown in figure 3-1. It is mounted on a printed circuit board which is housed in an aluminum circuit box located on the outside of the insulating jacket. Zeroing of the

bridge output is accomplished with the 10 turn wirewound pot, R16, that is mounted on the side of tne circuit box. All power and signal connections to the bridge circuit are via a 10-pin connector

mounted on the circuit box.

15
TWISTED

PAIR

m

*1

16

Figure

3-1.

Extension

tube

bridge

circuit

schematic

diagram.
#14 BR X

#14 BR W/BK BAND

7 9 11

8 10 12 J100

HTR

nnri

340

Figure 3-2. Schematic diagram of the heater circuit

for the extension tube.

Electrical calibration is performed using a heater wire of bare #24 nickel chromium wire. The

wire is insulated from the metal tube by a layer of 76 pm Teflon tape. Both the heater wire and

resistance thermometers are covered with a layer of polystyrene coil dope which serves to anchor the

wires in place and maintain good thermal contact with the metal tube.

The heater wire is also wound on a 2 cm pitch spiral and is centered between the turns of the

resistance thermometers. Thus, the heater is separated from the temperature sensor by 1 cm on each

side. The resistance of the heater is approximately 340 ft at room temperature.

The ends of the nickel chromium heater wire are secured on ceramic standoff insulators from which

leads are brought out to a six-pin connector on the same circuit box that contains the bridge printed

circuit board. The voltage across the heater is measured via a twisted pair of black and white #22

wires connected to lugs on the ceramic insulators. The two leads are brought out to the same con- nector as the power leads. A schematic diagram of the heater circuit is shown in figure 3-2.

3.3 Overspill Monitor/Backscatter Monitor

3.3.1 General Features

The overspill monitor (OSM) and backscatter monitor (BSM) share the same section of CLOP. The

dimensions of this section are 50 cm in diameter by 9.5 cm long. The outer skin is made of 1.6 mm

thick aluminum and is lined on the inside with foamed polystyrene 3.5 cm thick for environmental

insulation. Inside the insulation is another aluminum wall, 1.6 mm thick, which forms a compartment

for certain electrical circuits.

Along the centerline of the OSM/BSM section is a 30 cm by 15 cm aperture through which tn.- laser

beam is directed. A motor-driven shutter blocks this aperture for all measurement phases except la\--r

energy injection, thereby helping to isolate the inner parts of CLOP from external ambient ten-emt

17
effects and also inhibiting thermal radiation losses to the outside during the post-injection measuring period. Provision has been made to orient the aperture with the long dimension either horizontal

or verti cal

.

3.3.2 Overspill Monitor

The function of the OSM is to measure how much energy misses going into the calorimeter. The

absorbing surface is a piece of aluminum 43 cm in diameter and 3.2 mm thick. Since aluminum is quite

reflective at most wavelengths, the reflectance must be considered when determining the amount of energy incident upon the OSM. Thus, the incident energy should be calculated by eq (3-1),

where

(3-1)

Ej = the energy, in joules, incident upon the OSM,

E^ = the energy, in joules, absorbed by the OSM, and

R = the reflectance of the OSM which is equal to the ratio of the reflected energy to the incident energy.

Table 3.1 gives the reflectance of aluminum at certain selected wavelengths. The values given

are from Bennett et al . [5] and are for "aged evaporated" films.

OSM temperature changes are sensed with two windings of #40 copper wire, each of 50 52 resistance.

They are wound in a hexagonal shape around the inside of the periphery of the back side of the OSM and

are separated from the metallic surface by a layer of 89 ym mylar tape. This tape, which has an adhesive on both sides, serves to hold the windings in place. A second layer of mylar tape covers the

windings and in turn is covered by 89 ym copper foil tape.

The sensors form the opposite arms of the bridge circuit shown in figure 3-3 for System H and

figure 3-4 for System T system. Except for the sensors (RT1 and RT2) and R16 the zero adjustment,

these circuits are contained on printed circuit boards located in a circuit box on the outside of the

section. R16 is mounted on the circuit box for convenient access. All connections from the PC board

to the data acquisition rack are via pins 1 through 12 of a 24-pin connector. This connector is shared with the output from the BSM PC board.

Two commercially available heaters are used to electrically calibrate the OSM. The heaters are 7.62 cm by 10.16 cm and are located next to the center portion along the 30 cm edge of the entrance

aperture. The two heaters are each 3.93 52 and are connected in series. Total power dissipation is limited to 336 W by the computer program to prevent possible damage to the heaters. Leads to the

heater are brought out to a six-pin connector on the circuit box. This connector is wired the same as the connector on the extension tube (see fig. 3-2).

3.3.3 Backscatter Monitor

The BSM is used to measure the energy that enters the calorimeter and is not absorbed but instead

is reflected back out and hence not measured by the main calorimeter. It is made of black anodized

aluminum 43 cm in diameter and 1.6 mm thick. In the center is a 15 cm by 30 cm aperture through which

the laser beam passes.

18
R14

511

I J

Figure 3-3. OSM bridge circuit schematic diagram (System H).

R14

Figure 3-4. OSM bridge circuit schematic diagram (System T).

19
Table 3.1. Reflectance of aged, evaporated aluminum films.

X , pm R X , pm R

0 . 41) 1) 0.9076 4.000 0.9758

0.450 0.9061 5.000 0.9772

0.500 0.9034 6.000 0.9784

0.550 0.9032 7.000 0.9794

0.600 0.9027 8.000 0.9801

0.650 0.8976 9.000 0.9807

0.700 0.8886 10.000 0.9812

0.750 0.8761 11.000 0.9816

0.775 0.8678 12.000 0.9821

0.800 0.8596 13.000 0.9826

0.825 0.8556 14.000 0.9830

0.850 0.8596 16.000 0.9838

0.875 0.8730 18.000 0.9845

0.900 0.8894 20.000 0.9852

0.925 0.9030 22.000 0.9856

0.950 0.9154 24.000 0.9861

1.000 0.9324 26.000 0.9864

1.200 0.9585 28.000 0.9867

1.500 0.9658 30.000 0.9870

2.000 0.9699 32.000 0.9872

3.000 0.9736

Two 56 n RTDs made of #40 copper wire are used to measure the temperature rise of the BSM. They

are wound in a rectangular shape around the central aperture leaving two spaces 2.54 cm wide along

each 30 cm edge of the aperture. These two spaces are for the calibrating heaters (see below). The

RTDs form the opposite arms of the bridge circuit in figure 3-5 for System H and figure 3-6 for System

T. This circuit is on a PC board in the same circuit box with the OSM PC board. As with the OSM circuit, the zero adjust pot, R16, for the BSM is located on the circuit box. Leads from the PC board to the data acquisition rack are via pins 13 through 24 of the 24-pin connector. A diagram of the 24-pin

connector is shown in figure 3-7.

The two calibrating heaters are commercially available. They are each 30.5 cm long and 2.54 cm wide. Each has a resistance of 11.1 n and they are connected in series. Maximum power dissipation

for the total series combination is limited to 336 W to prevent possible damage. Connections to these

heaters is via a six-pin connector on the circuit box. The connector in figure 3-2 also serves for

this circuit.

3.3.4 OSM/BSM Shutter

As mentioned in section 3.3.1, a shutter is used to block the aperture in the OSM/BSM section.

Normally, this shutter is closed for all phases of electrical and laser runs except for those time

periods corresponding to laser energy injection. The shutter is made from two pieces of electropolished stainless steel that are opened and closed by individual motors which drive them through rack

and gear arrangements. The "open" and "closed" positions of each shutter section are sensed by miniature roller-action switches. Each shutter section is powered independently of the other and thus a

20
R14

L J

Figure 3-5. BSM bridge circuit schematic diagram (System H).

R14

511

l J

Figure 3-6. BSM bridge circuit schematic diagram (System T).

21
CL BK BK CL CL BK BK CL

PIN ACQUISITION RACK CONNECTION PIN ACQUISITION RACK CONNECTION

1 +15VDC POWER SUPPLY DECK 13 -15V SHIELD

2 -15V DC POWER SUPPLY DECK 14 NC

J NC 15 +15V SHIELD

4 GROUND POWER SUPPLY DECK 16 SCANNER CONTACT 07 H

5 GROUND POWER SUPPLY DECK 17 SCANNER CONTACT 07 L 6 NC 18 SCANNER CONTACT 07 SHIELD

7 SCANNER CONTACT 08 H 19 GROUND POWER SUPPLY DECK

8 SCANNER CONTACT 08 L 20 GROUND POWER SUPPLY DECK

9 NC 21 NC

10 SCANNER CONTACT 08 SHIELD 22 +15VDC POWER SUPPLY DECK

11 +15V SHIELD 23 -15V DC POWER SUPPLY DECK

12 -15V SHIELD 24 NC

Figure 3-7. Wiring diagram of the 24-pin connector on the OSM/BSM circuits box.

slower moving one will complete its operation even after the other has terminated its movement. Position of the shutter is indicated by a red or green LED on the status light panel on the data acquisition rack. Red indicates "closed" and green "open."

Operation of the shutter is controlled by relays K1 through K9 in the circuit shown in fig- ure 3-8. Commands to open or close the shutter may be initiated manually or by computer control. The

manual pushbuttons OPEN, CLOSE, and STOP can be used during a computer controlled run to override

computer commands if so desired. The computer uses scanner contacts 32 to open and 33 to close the

shutter. Connection for operating the shutter is made via a 14-pin connector mounted on a 10.16 cm by

5.08 cm by 5.08 cm aluminum circuit box.

3.4 Separation Tube

The separation tube is similar to the extension tube (see section 3.2) except for values of com- ponents in the bridge circuit. Figure 3-9 is a schematic diagram of the bridge circuit for System H and figure 3-10 is for System T. All constructional details of the two tubes were made as close as possible to be alike, including sensor resistance and heater resistance.

3.5 Mirror Reflector Surface

3.5.1 Description of Module Supporting Frame

The mirror reflecting surface module is used to direct the incoming horizontal laser beam downward at a 90° angle into the volume absorbing material in the main calorimeter. This beam steering is

22
*

— <N * *

ft

CL CL CL

uj Q UJ Uj G

H <> D O

X -I

</i U

sO

CO

HZ H ^

D UJ DO

x 3- x -J

</) O 1^ U

00

CO C/1

23

Figure

3-8.

OSM/BSM

shutter

circuit

schematic

diagram.
R14

511

Figure 3-9. Separation tube bridge circuit schematic diagram (System H).

R14

IK

Figure 3-10. Separation tube bridge circuit schematic diagram (System T).

24
necessitated by the fact that the volume absorber is often in a form that does not lend itself to a vertical orientation; e.g., small pellets, glass plates, etc.

The deflector unit consists of a frame of 1.6 mm aluminum which holds a reflecting surface at a 45° angle to the incoming beam. The dimensions of the reflecting surface should be approximately

53 cm by 38 cm to best fit the frame. The front face of the frame, through which the laser beam

enters, has a 43 cm diameter ring for connecting to the separation tube. The bottom surface of the

frame, through which the laser beam exits, has a 43 cm diameter tube 19.5 cm long which projects down

to the top surface of the main calorimeter. This tube plus the two triangular sides of the frame and

the back of the reflecting surface are all instrumented for performing electrical calibrations and

measuring temperature rise. The entire frame is enclosed in an aluminum box, lined on the inside with

2.54 cm foamed polystyrene, for isolation from the outside environment.

Each triangular side of the frame has a 10.16 cm diameter, 677 n heater at its center. The 43 cm diameter tube has two 63.5 cm by 10 cm heaters, each 145 n, wrapped around the outside. These four

heaters plus the one on the backplate are connected in parallel at a 10 contact terminal block from

which leads are brought out to a six-pin connector on a circuit box (connections are as in fig. 3-2).

Figure 3-11 is a schematic wiring diagram of the heaters. The resistance values of the various

heaters are chosen to approximate relative heat distributions expected from laser shots.

The resistance thermometers (RTDs) are made from #40 copper wire. All windings are placed on 89 urn thick mylar tape with adhesive on both sides. This tape serves to insulate the windings from

LEADS

(# 14)

Figure 3-11. Schematic wiring diagram of deflector heater circuit.

25
the metal and to hold them in place. They are covered with another piece of mylar and finally with

89 pm copper foil tape.

On the frame the two triangular sides and the tubular bottom were wound with two bifilar windings. Both RTDs cover the three sections with continuous strands of the #40 copper wire. These are brought out to an eight-contact terminal block which is attached to the frame with epoxy. Leads from

the RTD on the mirror reflector are connected in series at the terminal block as shown in figure 3-12

and twisted pair leads brought out to the PC board in the circuit box on the outside of the unit.

On the triangular sides of the frame the pattern of the RTDs is a right isosceles triangle with

25.4 cm legs. Each side has 3.8 turns. The tubular bottom has 5 turns. Resistance of the total

thermometer is 300 n (including the 200 n of the mirror backplate).

The bridge circuit is shown in figure 3-13. Leads are brought out from the PC board to a 10-pin

connector on the circuit box.

3.5.2 Deflecting Plate

The deflecting plate is a rectangular mi rror approximately 2 cm thick. The mirror has a copper

surface and therefore should not be used at uv wavelengths because of its reduced reflectivity. This

surface will be useful in ir wavelengths and at longer visible ones.

The mirror itself does not contain the temperature sensors and electrical calibration heaters;

these are mounted on a 1.6 mm thick aluminium backplate which is maintained in close thermal contact

with the mirror by means of clamps and a layer of silicone grease. The central region of the backplate which holds the calibration heater is thermally isolated from the outer region by slots which

are designed to force the electrical heat to flow into the mirror and back out again before reaching

the sensors.

The sensor is two pairs of bifilar windings in the shape of a rectangular spiral. Thirty turns

of #40 copper wire are used, giving a resistance of 200 Q. Leads to the RTD are connected via lugs to

a four-contact terminal block attached to the backplate with epoxy. The RTD is mounted using mylar

tape with adhesive on both faces to hold the #40 wire in place and covered with copper foil tape.

The heater is a commercially available model and has a resistance of 3.93 n. It is mounted in the central, isolated section of the backplate. Its leads go to a two-contact terminal block on the

backplate before being connected in parallel with the other heaters.

3.5.3 Foil Reflector

The foil reflector was designed to furnish a "throw away" mirror surface. This was deemed prudent because of the high probability of damage from the intense laser pulses.

The support for the foil is an aluminum plate with a depression machined in the front side. A rectangular ring is attached with screws around the perimeter to hold the foil reflecting surface in

place. The reflecting surface can be made from thin aluminum foil or from thin sheets of the metal.

The critical elements are that it have a shiny surface and be made by a rolling process since this

will reduce the number of potential damage sites. Also, the surface must be free of grease and

fi ngerpri nts.

26
*RT1a, b, & c and RT2a, b, & c are shown as series-connected lumped elements but are actually one

continuous length of #40 copper wire for each thermometer (RT1 & RT2). The “d" elements are separate lengths of #40 copper wire connected as shown with twisted pairs of #20 copper wire.

Figure 3-12. Schematic wiring diagram of deflector RTD circuit.

Figure 3-13. Schematic wiring diagram of deflector bridge circuit.

27
While the surface does not have to be of high optical quality it should be reasonably smooth so that little or none of the laser radiation will miss the main calorimeter. Thin sheets will probably

have enough rigidity to maintain the proper shape. Thin foil will more likely need careful stretching

and a slight negative pressure applied through a fitting on the backside of the support place to achieve a satisfactory surface.

The electrical heater is mounted to one side of the fitting on the back. It is 12.5 cm by

17.5 cm and has a resistance of 44.5 ft. The temperature sensor is two pair of bifilar windings of #40

copper wire, each pair having a resistance of 200 ft. These are wound in a "C" shape around three

sides of the heater. Leads to the heater and the RTDs are connected to terminal blocks on the back

side of the support plate so that the plate can be easily disconnected from the frame when it needs to

be removed.

3.6 Main Calorimeter

3.6.1 General Features

The main calorimeter is a copper vessel, 43 cm in diameter and 24 cm tall. It consists of a top

section which hangs down into a lower section. Located centrally on the top piece is a 15 cm by 30 cm aperture through which the laser beam enters. A motor driven shutter seals this aperture for all phases of electrical and laser runs except for the time corresponding to laser energy injection.

Below the aperture is a gold plated compartment for holding the volume absorbing material. The holder

can be of various designs; e.g., basket for pellets, rack for stacked plates, etc. The lower section

of the calorimeter contains a heater for performing electrical calibrations plus a copper RTD.

As discussed in section 1, dry nitrogen gas is used as a vehicle for transferring the heat of the

absorbed energy from the volume absorber to a heat sensing thermistor. The gas flows in through a pipe on the side of the bottom section, up through the porous volume absorber, into the upper section,

and out a pipe on the side of the upper section. Figure 3-14 is a cross sectional diagram of the

calorimeter showing gas flow paths in the calorimeter and various sensor locations.

The whole calorimeter fits into an insulated box for isolation from ambient changes. The box

sits on a shelf just behind the legs for the separation tube. The box with the calorimeter can rotate

90° if it is desired to change the orientation of the input aperture. Also on the shelf are two circuit boxes for the associated electronics.

TRAPDOOR

BASE PLATE TRAPDOOR

VOLUME

ABSORBER

Figure 3-14. Cross sectional view of calorimeter unit.

28
HIGH PRESSURE MANIFOLD

Figure 3-15. Total gas flow system for CLOP. Either the output from the high pressure manifold may

be connected to an electrically operated valve on the low pressure manifold or individual cylinders with PRV's may be connected to the low pressure manifold.

3.6.2 Gas Flow

Figure 3-15 shows the total gas flow system. Gas flow is turned on and off with electrically

controlled valves. Scanner contacts 34 through 37 actuate the four valves. Flow rate is controlled

with PRVs and a throttling valve on the output of the low-pressure manifold. Dry nitrogen gas is supplied to the calorimeter by one of two methods. The preferred method uses three or more cylinders

connected to a high-pressure manifold which has a PRV on its output, supplying gas at a constant

reduced pressure to electrical valve #1 on the low-pressure manifold. All manifold valves to the

cylinder are opened and two cylinders are opened up to the manifold while the rest are held in reserve. When the two cylinders begin to empty and the manifold pressure gets to the last graduation

on the gauge, the manifold valve to one cylinder is shut off and the cylinder valve to the reserve cylinder opened. The empty cylinder can now be replaced with a full one. The operator should plan

ahead of time to make this switch if the gas supply is in danger of running out during the data taking

part of a run. When using this method of gas supply, manual valves on the output of unused electrical

valves on the low-pressure manifold must be shut off to prevent back leakage through the electrical

valves.

The second method uses two to four cylinders each with its own PRV and connected to separate

electrical valves on the low-pressure manifold. This method is less desirable than the first because

of the difficulty in setting two PRVs to the same pressure. The computer program (see section 4)

leads the operator through the steps to adjust each regulator one at a time to get the same mass tl in reading for each PRV during the pre-run set up procedure. The operator presses a user-defined

during a run to turn off the empty cylinder and turn on the reserve cylinder. The empty cylinder v

29
then be replaced. Thus there can be as low as one reserve cylinder or as many as three. The computer

program is designed to handle any situation within this number. As with the preferred method, the

operator should plan ahead to avoid running out of gas while he is out of the room during laser shots.

A preheater unit is installed after the low-pressure manifold to reduce temperature background

drift caused by cooling due to adiabatic expansion of the gas. This preheater is rated at 680 W and

with a resistance of 145 n can supply up to a nominal 100 W when operated with a 120 V ac adjustable

autotransformer.

As shown in figure 3-14, when the gas enters the input arm of the main calorimeter, it strikes a flat plate which induces turbulent flow. Turbulence is required to ensure good mixing of the gas and

maximum flow past the sensors located near the wall of the pipe. The gas then passes through a sec- tion in the input arm with a pair of screens which are used to break up laminar flow for cases where

gas flow might be reversed. The gas then continues through the main chamber of the calorimeter and

into the output arm. There it encounters another pair of screens which breaks up the laminar flow and

induces turbulence. It then passes over the output sensors, comes to a final plate which (under reverse flow) corresponds to the initial plate, and flows out of the calorimeter.

In this section reference has been made to "reverse flow conditions." For some tests it may be advantageous to run the gas through the calorimeter opposite to what is normally done; e.g., in the

top section, down through the volume absorber, and out the bottom section. Note that the calorimeter

is designed symetrically with respect to input and output sensors and turbulence-inducing elements.

Thus, the gas dynamics are roughly the same under both forward and reverse gas flow. However, no provision has been allowed for this in the computer program and the sensors will be labelled incorrectly.

Also, input to the preheater control circuits will have to be changed.

3.6.3 Electrical Instrumentation

3. 6. 3.1 Thermistor Sensors

Thermistor sensors are used to measure the following gas parameters:

1. The mass of the gas flowing into the calorimeter,

2. The temperature of the gas flowing into the calorimeter,

3. The mass of the gas flowing out of the calorimeter, and

4. The temperature of the gas flowing out of the calorimeter.

The locations of these sensors are shown in figure 3-14.

Each sensor is actually a pair of thermistors in the opposite arms of the appropriate bridge circuits in figures 3-16 through 3-19. Figure 3-20 is a typical I-V curve for a thermistor. As ex- plained in the figure, point A indicates the I-V point of the thermistor at 50°C while point B is for

300°C. The temperature sensors are operated in the linear portion of the curve well below point A as shown in the figure for greatest sensitivity to temperature changes of the gas. Conversely, the mass

flow sensors are operated at some high temperature as shown in the figure in order to minimize the

effect of temperature changes in the gas. The exact point of operation is set by the bias current and

is chosen to make the thermistor operate where the slope is maximum and slow changing. For the mass flow thermistors the bias current is approximately 10 ma.

30
I J

Figure 3-16. Schematic diagram of Mass Flow In bridge circuit.

R14 2K

I J

Figure 3-17. Schematic diagram of Temperature In bridge circuit.

31
Figure 3-18. Schematic diagram of Mass Flow Out bridge circuit.

R 1

4

L J

Figure 3-19. Schematic diagram of Temperature Out bridge circuit.

32
"I” (Milliamperes)

Figure 3-20. Typical I-V curve for thermistor sensors.

o

O _) > 2 . Ct o d

+ O in </i

d d

i/i (/i

Figure 3-21. Wiring diagram for 15-pin connector on gas input circuits box.

33
The electronic circuitry for measuring the input gas parameters is housed in a circuit box

mounted on a bracket on the left side (as the observer faces the input of the extension tube) of the

shelf on which the calorimeter rests. The two zero-adjustment pots are mounted on the box. Connections to the bridge circuits are made via a 15-pin connector. Figure 3-21 shows the diagram for this

connector.

A circuit box for housing the electronics for the output temperature and mass flow circuits is mounted on the opposite side of the shelf. This box also contains the circuit board for the main

calorimeter RTD (see section 3. 6. 3. 2, below). All circuit zero adjustments are mounted on the box.

This box can be moved to the back of the shelf if the calorimeter is rotated 90°. Connections for the

output gas mass flow and temperature measuring circuits plus the RTD are via a 24-pin connector whose

wiring diagram is given in figure 3-22.

3. 6. 3. 2 Resistance Thermometer Detector

A resistance thermometer detector (RTD) is installed in the lower section of the main calorimeter. It is located at the bottom just outside of the region where the lower part of the top section

is suspended. The RTD is wound on a form of 16 equispaced posts made from 2.54 cm 4-40 screws. These

are arranged in a circular pattern having a 36.8 cm diameter.

The RTD is made from 2 bifilar windings of 48 turns of #40 copper wire. The exact length was individually adjusted to equalize the two resistances to 219.5 ± 0.1 n at room temperature. The copper wires are enclosed between two pieces of 76 pm thick Teflon tape which are in turn covered with

89 un thick copper tape which serves as a radiation shield. Leads to the RTD are brought through the

wall via hermetic seals. Pins 1 and 3 are for one pair of wires and pins 2 and 4 for the other pair.

The leads then continue to the same circuit box that contains the mass flow out and temperature out circuit boards (see section 3. 6. 3.1).

Figure 3-23 shows the bridge circuit for the RTD. As mentioned in section 3. 6. 3.1, the zero adjustment is located on the outside of the circuit box. Power and signal connections are via pins 16 through 24 of the 24-pin connector shown in figure 3-22.

3. 6. 3. 3 Calibration Heater

A heater for performing electrical calibration is located in the lower section of the calorimeter. This heater is made of #18 nickel chromium wire and is wound on a cylindrical wire frame. Its resistance is 15 n. The turns are insulated from the wire frame by a layer of glass fiber insulating

tape. The ends of the heater are anchored to ceramic standoff insulators. Power leads to the heater

are copper braid. Voltage sensing leads are bare stranded copper wire. The two current leads and the

two voltage sensing leads are fed through the calorimeter wall via individual ceramic hermetic seals.

The leads continue on to the circuit box containing the gas output bridge circuits and go through a six-pin connector to the data acquisition rack. Pin connections for this connector are as shown in

figure 3.2.

3.6.4 Main Calorimeter Shutter

As mentioned in section 3.6.1, a shutter is used to seal the input aperture of the main calorimeter for all phases of a run except for that time corresponding to laser energy injection. It is

34
X

<7) ><r>

MASS FLOW/TEMP FLOW CONNECTIONS RTD CONNECTIONS

Fiyure 3-22. Wiring diagram for 24-pin connector on gas output circuits box.

R1

4

Figure 3-23. Schematic diagram for the bridge circuit for the main calorimeter RTD.

35
essential that the seal be free from gas leaks as any loss of gas will ultimately result in an error

in the measurement of injected energy. This is true for both electrical calibrations and laser meas- urements .

The shutter is in the form of a motor-driven trap door used in conjunction with a motor-driven

latch for sealing purposes. The trap door is made of 6.25 mm aluminum and seals against a 6.25 mm aluminum baseplate. An 0-ring is used to effect a gas tight seal. The 0-ring should be frequently

checked for laser damage.

The latch consists of a rotating shaft with two arms which press down on the two corners opposite

the hinged side of the trap door. A screw adjustment is provided on each arm to precisely set the

amount of pressure needed for a gas-tight seal.

When closing, the trap door moves first and when its operation is completed the latch begins

operation. This sequence is reversed when the shutter is opening. Miniature roller action switches sense when the trap door and latch reach the limits of their movement. Leads from the four switches

and two motors all come out to a 25-pin connector which connects to a cable from the data acquisition

rack where the controlling circuitry is located.

The shutter may be operated manually using pushbuttons labelled "OPEN," "CLOSE," and "STOP" or it may be operated under computer control through scanner contacts. Momentary closure of scanner contact

30 opens the shutter while momentary closure of contact 31 closes the shutter.

Figure 3-24 is a schematic diagram of the control circuit for the calorimeter shutter. A six-pin

connector, Jl, on the chassis brings in +10 V dc to operate the relays and a floating 5 V dc for

powering the two motors. The polarity of this 5 V dc is reversible through the action of relay K5 to control motor direction. The six-pin connector also brings in the OPEN and CLOSE signals from the scanner.

3.7 Data Acquisition Rack

3.7.1 General Description

The data acquisition rack contains equipment for performing the following tasks:

1. Controlling the sequence of events during electrical calibrations.

2. Controlling the sequence of events during laser energy measurements.

3. Accumulating, storing, and processing data from the various sensors in CLOP.

4. Measuring, recording, and processing the dc calibration voltage and current values.

5. Furnishing electrical power to all modules of CLOP.

6. Controlling electromechanical operations.

7. Maintaining the temperature of the input gas to the main calorimeter at a constant value.

8. Visually indicating the status of various critical elements of CLOP during runs.

The rack is 1.71 m (67.25 in) high by 0.61 m (24 in) deep. It has a front and rear opening, each

1.556 m (61.25 in) high in which may be mounted standard 48.2 cm (19 in) width panels. The rack is mounted on casters to permit easy movement.

36
TO

GREEN

LEO

"OPEN"

u </> H o

< -J

-J u

ct

UJz

Z< ©

as

z5 s So

°

o

37

Figure

3-24.

Schematic

diagram

of

calorimeter

shutter

circuit.
Figure 3-2b is a front view drawing of the rack for System H showing the positions of various

pieces of equipment. The rack for System T, shown in figure 3-26, is quite similar except as noted

below. Figure 3-27 is a rear view drawing showing the location of the outputs for the cables to CLOP

and the ac power outlet locations. This section (3.7) will describe the various pieces of equipment

in the data acquisition rack in the order of location in the rack, first the front from top to bottom

and then the rear from top to bottom. There are two major differences in the computers which affect

the data acquisition rack for each system. These are the large size of the System T computer which

prevents it from fitting into the rack and the fact that the System H computer possesses an internal

clock system for timing events while the System T computer does not. The first difference means that

System T is located separately from the data acquisition rack. Its space is advantageously filled

with the preheater control circuit which, in System H, is crowded onto the panel with the calibration

power supply status circuit (see sections 3.7.10 and 3.7.13). The second difference requires a separate pacer (timing unit) for System T. This is a half-rack width instrument and is located next to the DVM, also a half-rack width instrument (see section 3.7.8).

3.7.2 Main Power Switch Panel

The main power switch panel is used to turn on and off the lib V ac to the various units in the

data acquisition rack. This is done with the white rocker switch on the front of the panel. Also

mounted on the front of the panel is a neon pilot light and the RESET button of a 15 A circuit

breaker. Figure 3-28 is a wiring diagram of the panel.

The panel uses a two wire (high and neutral) plus case ground system. Its input cord plugs into

an outlet on the ac input panel (see section 3.7.11) and its output is a duplex outlet mounted on the

back side of the panel. A seven-plug outlet strip which is mounted on the back of the rack is plugged

into this duplex outlet. The various pieces of equipment in the rack plug into the outlet strip.

3.7.3 Scanner

The scanner is used to connect the output of the various sensors to the digital voltmeter (DVM)

and to furnish signals for controlling various operations. This instrument has two plug-in units to perform these functions. A 20-contact duodecade unit is used to switch the sensor outputs. A 10- contact actuator unit is used to control the operations. Full information on the contact arrangement

of these plug ins is given the manufacturer's instruction book. Table 3.2 is a list of the instruments connected to the scanner channels. The sensors are connected to channels 00 through 14 and the

operations are controlled by channels 30 through 37 as described in table 3.2.

The scanner is operated with the IEEE 488 bus. Its address is 9. Since for the System H com- puter the general address of the bus is 700, an example of the command to the scanner to turn on channels 7 and 32 and turn off all others is OUTPUT 709 USING "K"; "3,07,32" for System H. For System T this command is PRINT09: "3,07,32".

The expression USING "K" is required in the System H command to have the duodecade function cor- rectly. The "3" in the command opens all contacts in the 30 decade. The "07" closes contacts 7 in

the duodecade and by the nature of this plug-in all others are opened. Finally, the "32" closes these contacts. If contacts 32 had been already closed they would have remained closed continuously even though the "3" command was given.

38
1

1

1

MAIN POWER SWITCH PANEL

SCANNER

STATUS LIGHT PANEL

SHUTTER CONTROL PANEL

POWER MONITOR PANEL

DIGITAL VOLTMETER

INPUT GAS TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER

COMPUTER

SLIDING SHELF

POWER SUPPLY SECTION

PREHEATER CONTROL UNIT and CALIBRATION POWER SUPPLY

STATUS CIRCUIT

CALIBRATION POWER SUPPLY

1 1

I 1

48.26 cm (19")

55.88 cm (22")

Figure 3-25. Front view of the data acquisition rack

.81 cm (1 1/2"

7.62 cm

(3") 8.89

cm

(3 1/2") 17.78

cm

(7") 8.89

cm

(3 1/2")

13.34

cm

(5 1/4")

17.78

cm

(7")

8.89

cm

(3 1/2")

8.89

cm

(3 1/2")

17.78

cm

(7")

8.89

cm

(3 1/2")

13.34

cm

(5 1/4")

13.34

cm

(5 1/4")

17.78

cm

(7")

7.62 cm

i(3")

for System H

39
170.8 cm

(67 1/4")

i

1 MAIN POWER SWITCH PANEL

SCANNER

STATUS LIGHT PANEL

SHUTTER CONTROL PANEL

POWER MONITOR PANEL

TIMING DIGITAL GENERATOR VOLTMETER

PREHEATER CONTROL UNIT

- Ill PUT GAS TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER

SLIDING SHELF

POWER SUPPLY SECTION

CALIBRATION POWER SUPPLY

STATUS CIRCUIT

CALIBRATION POWER SUPPLY

1

1

1

1

| h 4 8-26 cm (19")

1— 55.88 cm (22")

Figure 3-26. Front view of the data acquisition rack

81 cm (1 1/2")

| 7.62 cm [(3")

j 8.89 cm

(3 1/2") 17.78

cm

(7")

8.89

cm

(3 1/2")

13.34

cm

(5 1/4")

17.78

cm

(7")

8.89

cm

(3 1/2")

17.78

cm

(7")

8.89

cm

(3 1/2")

8.89

cm

(3 1/2")

13.34

cm

(5 1/4")

13.34

cm

(5 1/4")

17.78

cm

(7")

77762 cm

J (3")

for System T.

40
Figure 3-27. Rear view of the data acquisition racks for both systems.

41
Figure 3-28. Wiring diagram of the main power switch panel.

Table 3.2. Scanner channel connection.

Channel Sensor or Operation

00 Main calorimeter RTD

01 Main calorimeter output mass flow

02 Main calorimeter output temperature

03 Main calorimeter input mass flow

04 Main calorimeter input temperature

05 Mirror reflector

06 Separation tube RTD

07 BSM RTD

08 OSM RTD

09 Extension tube RTD

10 Electrical calibration current

11 Electrical calibration voltage

12 Electrical calibration voltage * 10

13 Electrical calibration voltage * 20

14 Low voltage dc supplies

15-19 Not used

30 Main calorimeter shutter OPEN

31 Main calorimeter shutter CLOSE

32 OSM/BSM shutter OPEN

33 OSM/BSM shutter CLOSE

34 Gas valve #1 OPEN

35 Gas valve #2 OPEN

36 Gas valve #3 OPEN

37 Gas valve #4 OPEN 38-39 Not used

42
Table 3.3. Status light color indications.

Light Red Green

Incandescents no-go for laser shot go for laser shot

Calorimeter shutter closed shutter open

BSM shutter closed shutter open

Calib. power supply units ac off to one or both ac on to both

Gas flow gas not flowing gas flowing

+15 V off on -15 V off on (spare) not connected not connected

3.7.4 Status Light Panel

The status light panel is an 8.89 cm (3 1/2 in) high panel containing six dual-color LEDs plus

one spare in System H and seven red-green pairs in System T that give a visual indication of the status of certain CLOP elements. Also on the front of the panel are red and green incandescent indicator lights that give the overall status of the run and a switch to set the proper logic for either a laser run or combination run. When the green incandescent light is on CLOP is ready for a laser shot.

Figure 3-29 is a schematic wiring diagram of this panel for System H; figure 3-30 is for System T.

The LEDs emit red and green colors. Table 3.3 explains what the colors indicate for the different CLOP elements.

3.7.5 Shutter Control Panel

This panel is 13.3 cm (5.25 in) high and contains two chassis--one for the OSM/BSM shutter control circuit and the other for the main calorimeter shutter-control circuit. The front of the panel

contains push buttons to OPEN, CLOSE, and STOP each shutter. A description of the OSM/BSM shutter

circuit and operation is given in section 3.3.4. The description for the main calorimeter shutter

circuit and operation is in section 3.6.4.

3.7.6 Power Monitor Panel

The power monitor panel is 17.8 cm (7 in) high. It serves two functions, which are (1) provide a means of measuring the low voltage dc supply voltages and (2) provide a means of measuring the dc

voltage and current used in electrical calibrations.

On the front of the panel is the shaft of a five-position, double-pole rotary switch. The

various low-voltage dc supply voltages are input to this switch via a nine-pin connector. The voltage

selected is output through pins 1 and 2 of a four-pin connector, goes to contacts 14 on the scanner

and is eventually measured by the digital voltmeter (DVM) . Figure 3-31 is a schematic wiriny diagram

of the switching circuit. The position marked -5 V measures the floating output supply that furnisn.-i

the reversible polarity power for the shutter motors. The other voltages are all referenced to yroun.i

potenti al

.

The second module on this panel measures the dc voltage and current supplied during an electn il calibration. Figure 3-32 is a schematic diagram of the circuit. Input power from the calibration

power supply (described in section 3.7.14) is furnished through pins 12 (+) and 10 (ground) of

43
Figure 3-29. Schematic wiring diagram of the status light panel (System H).

Figure 3-30. Schematic wiring diagram of the status light panel (System T).

44
Figure 3-31. Schematic wiring diagram of the switching circuit for measuring low dc voltage.

connector P 406 DB. Voltage sensing leads from the power supply come in through pins 9 and 11. Power

output is through pins 12 (+) and 10 (low) of connector S 406 DB. Voltage across the load is brought

in through pins 9 (+) and 11 (-) to the divider chain formed by R4 and R5.

The voltage across the total divider formed by R4 and R5 is equal to the voltage across the calibration heater. The wiper on R4 is set to 0.1 times the voltage; the wiper on R5 is set to 0.05 times

the voltage. Output to the scanner (see table 3.2) and DVM is through the 25-pin connector.

If an adjustable precision voltage source is not available, the following can be used to set the

divider chain, R4-R5.

1. Set the calibration power supply so the DVM reads approximately +1.99 V on the 10 V range of

the DVM when the scanner is on channel 11.

2. Switch the scanner to channel 12 and the DVM to the 1 V range.

3. Adjust R4 so the DVM reads the same as the previous reading; e.g., +1.990. Tighten the locking nut on the shaft of R4.

4. Switch the scanner to channel 13 and adjust R5 to read one half of the previous reading;

e.g., +0.995. Tighten the locking nut on the shaft of R5. Generally speaking, no measurements need be done on channel 13 as the calibration power supply does

not ordinarily put out more than 100 V.

3.7.7 Digital Voltmeter

The digital voltmeter (DVM) is described in the manufacturer's instruction book. It has five

functions which are prograrrenable through front panel pushbuttons and the IEEE 488 bus. These are:

1. Voltage range,

2. Trigger mode,

3. Trigger delay,

4. Number of readings taken per input trigger, and

5. SRQ enable/disable.

The operation of CLOP utilizes only the first three functions. The burst mode of operation ani

SRQ are not used.

45
X -1

X

m ^ «n

-l

X -J

fN »— r- * * * * * *

ec

x

—i o ©

+-> d

cd

“Od

03

a)cn

os

+-> o>a

“O

CD _d4-> 03o

CD -d

+->

03

OS “Oo

+->

c\j co

cn

CD

46
When usiny the pushbuttons, the voltaye range and the trigger mode are set by merely pushing the

desired button; e.y., 0.1 V, 1.0 V, 10 V, INT, EXT, HOLD/MAN. To set a trigger delay; e.g., 50 ms,

the following sequence of buttons are pushed:

1. OELAY

2. . (decimal point)

3. 0

4. 5

5. SET

Note the decimal point is the first piece of data entered. This is required by the instrument to recognize the “DELAY" function. When the DVM is running in the internal trigger mode, the trigger

delay function can be used to slow down the number of readings being taken. In the above case there

would be 20 readings per second (50 ms period). In the external trigger and manual trigger modes, the

trigger delay regulates the time lapse between the trigger command and when the reading is taken.

When using the IEEE 488 bus the DVM is addressed as device 24. Table 3.4 is a list of the com- mands that the CLOP programs use.

Thus, a command on System H to tell the DVM to take a reading on the 1 V scale 5 ms after an external trigger signal is received is OUTPUT 724; "R2T2D.005S" . On the System T it is

PRINT024: "R2T2D.005S 11 .

Two methods may be used to take readings under computer control. The first method is used when

readings are not to be taken very rapidly. The HOLD/MANUAL command, T3, is simply sent to the DVM

each time a reading is to be taken. For taking 10 or 12 readings in less than 1 s, the external

trigger mode, T2, is used with a 5 ms delay. The external trigger is furnished by the scanner everytime it switches channels over a BNC cable from the scanner sync jack to the DVM external trigger

input jack. The 5 ms delay is required to allow time for the scanner contacts to close and voltage

transients to decay before making the DVM measurement.

Table 3.4.* IEEE 488 commands used by the DVM.

ASCII Character Description

D Del ay

S Store

R Range

1 0.1 V

2 1 V

3 10 V T Tri gger

1 Internal

2 External

3 Hold/Man

*Condensed from table 3.4, page 3-6, of manufacturer's operating manual.

47
The rear-input, triaxial jack on the DVM is used since the instrument is mounted in a rack. This

jack is connected via a triaxial cable to the common contacts of the duodecade plug-in of the scanner.

The command to transfer the DVM reading to the memory in the System H computer is ENTER 724; VI. For System T the command is INPUT @24 : VI . In this example the reading is stored as the variable VI.

3.7.8 Pacer Unit (System T Only)

The pacer unit is located to the left of the DVM in System T. It is used to furnish a train of pulses at precisely equal time intervals to form a time base for CLOP to operate by. This unit tells

the System T computer when to order certain operations be done. On the System H computer there are three internal programmable timers which obviate the need for a pacer in that system.

The pacer is programmable over the IEEE 488 bus and sends pulses to the 4052A which counts them

to keep track of the time that has elapsed since the run began. The pulses are first at 3 s intervals

during the monitor period but change to a 1 s interval when data acquisition begins. The computer

takes this into account when computing the time.

A typical command to the pacer is

PRINT @19: "P100E4SR"

where the P signifies the pacer mode of operation (as opposed to the timer mode), 100E4 is the period

in microseconds (1 x 10 6 or 1 s), S enables the SRQ on the unit, and R either starts the pulse train

or resets the internal pulse counter in the unit.

3.7.9 Input Gas Temperature Controller

The Input Gas Temperature Controller is used to supply a proportional signal that will maintain

the temperature of the input gas to the main calorimeter at a constant value and cancel out the tendency of the gas to cool because of its expansion from the pressurized condition in the cylinder. The

proportional correction signal is in the form of a variable duration pulse having a 1 pps repetition

rate. This correction signal is furnished to the Preheater Control Unit (see section 3.7.13) to switch on and off the ac power to the preheater and thus control the temperature of the gas entering

CLOP.

The correction signal is derived from the output voltage of the temperature bridge circuit. This

voltage, after entering the data acquisition rack through jack 5B of the CLOP Module Connection Panel

(see section 3.7.16) is routed to the input gas temperature controller chassis. A schematic diagram

of the circuitry in this unit is shown in figure 3-33.

In this unit the signal voltage is first sent to an isolation amplifier board with two outputs.

One output leaves this chassis and goes to scanner contacts 04 for measurement by the DVM. The other

output goes to another PC board containing the proportional signal generator. On this board the tem- perature in voltage is connected to the inverting input of a differential amplifier. The non-inverting input of the differential amplifier is connected to an adjustable reference voltage. This refer- ence voltage first is set so that the controller is just turned off while the gas is not flowing;

i.e., the controller is not pulsing as indicated by the extinguished LED. When the gas starts flowing

(and cooling) the balance is upset and the controller starts generating a correction signal. The

48
49

Figure

3-33.

Schematic

diagram

of

input

gas

temperature

controller.
reference voltage is now reset to produce a temperature in reading called for in the program. If the

gas becomes too warm the correction signal disappears until the natural cooling of the gas returns conditions to the balanced state.

When setting the balance conditions a RUN-SET switch is put in the SET position which turns on a gate and allows the correction signal to appear on the output. During a run the switch is put in the

RUN position so that a gating signal from the Gas Valve Control Output panel (see section 3.7.17) turns on the correction signal only while gas is flowing. This gating signal enters via the BNC con- nector labelled EXTERNAL.

3.7.10 Computer Section

The next 26.5 cm (10.5 in) below the Input Gas Temperature Controller in System H only is used to hold the computer. The instrument is attached to a sliding shelf in the rack and may be pulled out for convenient use and pushed inside the rack for safe storage. The computer is described as to its

specifications and programming in the manufacturer's instruction manual. No attempt will be made to

go into great detail about its operation but certain useful facts are given below.

The computer is furnished with an IEEE 488 bus output and an RS232 output.

The computer has 32 kbytes of memory of which space for 30288 bytes is available. Programs

requiring more space than this are split into smaller programs and stored on tape as separate files.

When run, they are chained in the proper sequence to perform the complete program.

The programs are described in section 4 of this manual.

The System T computer is too large to fit into the data acquisition rack. Hence, it is located

externally to the rack and its space in the rack is filled by the preheater control circuit (see sec- tion 3.7.13).

This computer has available 54624 bytes of memory eliminating the need for chaining any of the

programs described in section 4. It, too, has IEEE 488 and RS 232 interfaces and a four-slot ROM pack

for external ROMs.

3.7.11 Power Supply Section

The power supply section is contained on a shelf behind a 13.3 cm (5.25 in) panel just below the

computer. This section contains the power supplies that furnish the low voltage dc for powering the

various sensor circuits and the shutter motors. It also contains an interfacing unit between the IEEE 488 bus and the calibration power supply (see section 3.7.13). These two parts are described in the

following subsections.

3.7.11.1 Low Voltage dc Supplies

One +15 V dc dual output power supply and three 5 V dc supplies are used to fill all the lowvoltage dc requirements of CLOP. Two of the 5 V supplies are connected in series to furnish 10 V dc

as well as 5 V dc. Table 3.5 gives useful information about the power supply voltages. Figure 3-34

is a schematic wiring diagram of the low-voltage dc power supply section.

50
Table 3.5. Low voltage dc supply summary.

Designation* Voltage Current Remarks

A1 +5 V 3 A A2 +10 V 3 A A second 5 V, 3 A power supply connected

in series with A1 A3 + or -5 V 3 A Output floating; polarity reversible

A4 ±15 V 3 A

‘Refer to figure 3-34.

3.7.11.2 Calibration Power Supply Interface Unit

The calibration power supply interface unit is a commercially available unit made by the manufacturer of the calibration power supply. It is merely a D to A converter which receives a digital

command on the IEEE 488 bus and puts out dc voltages specified by the command which are used to program the calibration power supply to the desired output voltage and current. Full particulars of the

interface unit are given in the manufacturer's instruction book. Certain useful information is given

in this section.

The unit has two output channels. Channel 1 is used to set the voltage limit and channel 2 sets

the current limit. Only one channel need be set if the other needs no changing. For example, if the

calibration power supply is running in the voltage limiting mode at 100 V and 6A and the interface

unit is set to 100 V limit and a 6 A limit, only a new voltage limit need be set on the interface unit

to reduce the power supply output to a lower value, e.g., 50 V.

Figure 3-34. Wiring diagram of low voltage dc power supply section.

51
Each channel has two output ranges, 0 to +1 V and 0 to +10 V which correspond to power supply

output limits of 0 V to 10 V (0 A to +10 A) and 0 V to +100 V, respectively. In addition, the interface unit can set low and high negative voltage and current limits but these are not used with CLOP

since the calibration power supply has a unipolar output with the negative side grounded.

The desired voltage and current limit are set with three-character hexadecimal words, 000 through

FFF. Thus, the incremental steps of voltage and current are 1 part in 4096, or approximately 0.024

percent. In terms of calibration power supply output, this is 2.4 mV resolution up to 10 V and 24 mV from 10 V to 100 V. Appendix A is included for convenience as a review of the methods for converting

back and forth between the decimal and hexadecimal based number systems.

The address of the interface unit on the IEEE 488 bus is device 6. A five-character command is used to set the desired limit on the calibration power supply. The command is of the form (reading

from top to bottom)

:

Channel 1 = voltage, 2 = current

Range 0 = high positive, 2 = low positive

Magnitude 000 through FFF

Thus the command to set a 50 V, 4 A limit on the power supply is OUTPUT 706; "107FF"; "22666" on the

System H and PRINT06: "107FF" ;"22666" for the System T.

The unit has been modified to permit sampling of the ac input power as shown in figure 4-5 of the

manufacturer's instruction book. This sampled ac goes to the calibration power supply status circuit

(see section 3.7.12) to sense whether the instrument is on or off.

3.7.12 Calibration Power Supply Status Circuit

This circuit is used to sense if both the calibration power supply and the calibration power

supply interface unit are turned on or if either one is turned off. It then applies 5 V dc to either

pin 5 or 6 of the status light panel which lights the color indicating the existing condition.

Figure 3-35 is a schematic wiring diagram of circuit. The two relays, K1 and K2, are activated

by the 115 V ac from the interface unit and the power supply, respectively. These voltages are fed

into the chassis through two recessed male receptacles. In the interface unit the ac is monitored on the input voltage selector board (see fig. 5-4 in the instruction book). In the calibration power

supply the ac is sampled on terminals 1 and 5 of T201 (see fig. 6-3 in instruction book).

The 5 V dc for the status light panel comes in through pin A of a five-pin connector and out on either pin D or E depending on the condition of K1 and K2. The contacts of K1 and K2 are wired such

that they perform a logical AND function for the "ON" condition of the power supply and interface unit

and a logical OR for the "OFF" condition.

3.7.13 Preheater Control Circuit

The preheater control circuit is contained on the same panel as the calibration power supply

status circuit for System H and is located separately for System T. It is used to apply ac power to

52
X X u o

Z> D

Figure 3-35. Schematic diagram of calibration power supply status circuit.

the preheater unit to heat the gas flowing into the calorimeter. The level of the ac power is adjustable by means of a variable auto transformer in the circuit. The output voltge of the autotransformer

is converted to a proportional dc voltage and displayed on a front panel DVM.

The unit may be operated either manually or under automatic control. When operated automatically, the output from the Input Gas Temperature Controller is fed into this chassis through the BNC

connector labelled EXTERNAL. The signal goes to the control terminal on a solid state relay and turns

on and off the ac power. If for some reason the Input Gas Temperature Controller is not used, the

output from the gas valve control panel should go to this connector to turn off the ac power when the

gas flow is off.

53
Hui j s

g=S H

a q.

54

Figure

3-36.

Schematic

diagram

of

preheater

control

circuit.
Hgure 3-36 is a schematic diagram of the preheater control circuit. The output of this unit

goes to a duplex outlet on the lower left side of the rear of the data acquisition rack. The preheater plugs into this outlet.

3.7.14 Calibration Power Supply

The calibration power supply is located at the bottom of the front of the rack. Chassis supports

are mounted in the rack to facilitate installing and removing the power supply. Alternating current

power is supplied to this unit through a single special receptacle for 20 A which is mounted on the

rack below the bottom of the rear opening. The receptacle has a 3.66 m (12 ft) power cord for connection to an ac power main. This power line should be connected to a separate ac main from the cord

from the ac input panel to avoid overloading the mains.

The calibration power supply is rated at 100 V dc and 10 A output. Operation of the unit is as described in the manufacturer's instruction manual. Factory wiring has been modified as shown in

figure 3-16 on page 3-17 of the instruction manual to permit remote programming by the interface unit

(see section 3.7.11.2) and remote voltage sensing in the power monitor module (see section 3.7.6).

Also, connections have been added to position 1 and 5 on T201 in figure 6-3 of the instruction manual

for monitoring the ac input power as discussed in section 3.7.12.

3.7.15 Alternating Current Input Panel

The ac input panel is located at the top of rear opening of the rack. It is 8.89 cm (3.5 in)

high and contains one duplex receptacle unit. This receptacle has a 3.66 m (12 ft) power cord for

connection to an ac power main. The duplex receptacle is powered whenever the power cord is connected

to an ac source. The main power switch panel (see section 3.7.2) plugs into one outlet of the duplex

receptacle; the other outlet is available for general utility. The power cord from this panel should

be connected to a separate ac main from the cord from the calibration power supply to avoid overloading the main.

3.7.16 CLOP Module Connection Panel

This panel contains jacks into which plug all the cables coming into the data acquisition rack

from the various components of CLOP. From the terminals on the jacks other cables go to the different

units in the data acquisition rack such as the scanner, the low voltage dc power supplies, and the

shutter control circuits. Table 3.6 lists the jacks on this panel and the CLOP module to which they

connect.

Figures 3-37 through 3-47 are wiring diagrams of the nine output connectors on this panel in the

two systems. The cables that go from these jacks to the CLOP modules are straight pin for pin connections; e.g., they have similar male and female connectors and pin 1 on the male connector is connected

to pin 1 on the female connector, pin 2 to pin 2, etc.

3.7.17 Gas Valve Control Output Panel

The gas valve control panel has four output jacks into which plug power cables for the valves on the low pressure gas flow manifold (see section 3.6.2). These four jacks are labelled CHANNEL 34,

CHANNEL 35, CHANNEL 36, and CHANNEL 37 which correspond to the scanner channel which controls their

output. Cable 1, which comes from valve 1, plugs into channel 34, cable 2 into channel 35, etc.

55
Table 3.6. Jack panel connections to CLOP.

Desi gnator No. of pins Destination

JO 6 Heater circuit on all modules (one at a time)

J1 10 Extension tube bridge circuit

J2 24 OSM/BSM bridge circuits

J3 10 Separation tube bridge circuit

J4 10 Mirror reflector bridge circuit

J5A 24 Main cal. temp and mass flow out and RTD bridge circuits

J5B 15 Main cal. temp and mass flow in bridge circuits

J6 14 OSM/BSM shutter motors

J7 25 Main cal. shutter motors

Figure 3-48 is a wiring diagram of the gas valve control output panel and the connecting cable

plugs. The wiring of the cable plugs is included to show the interlock formed through pins 13 and 14 which allows the status light panel to give a more valid indication of the gas flow condition. Alternating current input to this unit is through a four-prong connector on the chassis. Direct current

control signals from the scanner and connections to the status light panel and input gas temperature

controller chassis are through a 25-pin connector.

4. Computer Programs and Data Storage Files

4.1 Introduction

This section gives a description of each program used with CLOP. There are two subgroups in the

section, the first for System T and the second for System H. A description of each program specifying

what it is, what it does, etc. is given and the similar program in the other system is noted. Computer programs and variable maps for the System T are given in appendix B and for System H in appendix

C.

Data tape catalogs (indexes) are listed to show the schemes for data storage. These are somewhat

different for the two systems since System T has an external tape drive for the data tape cartridges

while System H, with only the internal tape drive available, requires the plugging in and taking out

of tape cartridges.

There are quite a few differences in the operation and basic languages of the two computers that

require different methods to accomplish the same results in similar programs. Some of these are:

1. System H screen scrolls while System T pages.

2. System H has a printer; System T copies the screen.

3. System T can FIND and OLD the next program under program control ; System H cannot perform a LOAD this way.

4. System H has a programmable PAUSE which CONT will terminate while System T requires a soft- ware indefinite wait that is terminated by a user-defined key (UDK).

5. System H allows array index 0; System T does not.

56
CL BK

PIN ACQUISITION RACK CONNECTION

7 PIN 7 V-l BOX OUTPUT

8 PIN 8 V-l BOX OUTPUT

9 PIN 9 V-l BOX OUTPUT

10 PIN 10 V-l BOX OUTPUT

11 PIN 11 V-l BOX OUTPUT

12 PIN 12 V-l BOX OUTPUT

Figure 3-37. Wiring diagram of connector JO to heater circuits.

PIN ACQUISITION RACK CONNECTION

3 SCANNER CONTACT 09 H

4 SCANNER CONTACT 09 L

5 SIGNAL SHIELD

6 +15V SHIELD

7 NC

8 -15V SHIELD

9 -15V DC POWER SUPPLY DECK

10 +15VDC POWER SUPPLY DECK

11 GROUND POWER SUPPLY DECK

12 GROUND POWER SUPPLY DECK

Figure 3-38. Wiring diagram of connector J1 to extension tube bridge circuit (System H)

BK CL CL BK

PIN ACQUISITION RACK CONNECTION

3 SCANNER CONTACT 09 L 4 SCANNER CONTACT 09 H

5 SIGNAL SHIELD

6 +15V SHIELD

7 NC

8 -15V SHIELD

9 -15V DC POWER SUPPLY DECK

10 +15VDC POWER SUPPLY DECK

11 GROUND POWER SUPPLY DECK

12 GROUND POWER SUPPLY DECK

Figure 3-39. Wiring diagram of connector J1 to extension tube bridge circuit (System T)

57
CL BK BK CL CL BK BK CL

PIN ACQUISITION RACK CONNECTION PIN ACQUISITION RACK CONNECTION

1 +15VDC POWER SUPPLY DECK 13 -15V SHIELD

2 -15V DC POWER SUPPLY DECK 14 NC

5 NC 15 +15V SHIELD

4 GROUND POWER SUPPLY DECK 16 SCANNER CONTACT 07 H

5 GROUND POWER SUPPLY DECK 17 SCANNER CONTACT 07 L 6 NC 18 SCANNER CONTACT 07 SHIELD

7 SCANNER CONTACT 08 H 19 GROUND POWER SUPPLY DECK

8 SCANNER CONTACT 08 L 20 GROUND POWER SUPPLY DECK

9 NC 21 NC

10 SCANNER CONTACT 08 SHIELD 22 +15VDC POWER SUPPLY DECK

11 +15V SHIELD 23 -15V DC POWER SUPPLY DECK

12 -15V SHIELD 24 NC

Figure 3-40. Wiring diagram of connector J2 to OSM/BSM bridge circuits.

PIN ACQUISITION RACK CONNECTION

3 SCANNER CONTACT 06 L

4 SCANNER CONTACT 06 H

5 SIGNAL SHIELD

6 +15V SHIELD

7 NC

8 -15V SHIELD

9 -15V DC POWER SUPPLY DECK

10 +15VDC POWER SUPPLY DECK

11 GROUND POWER SUPPLY DECK

12 GROUND POWER SUPPLY DECK

Figure 3-41. Wiring diagram of connector J3 to separation tube bridge circuits.

58
PIN ACQUISITION RACK CONNECTION

3 SCANNER CONTACT 05 L 4 SCANNER CONTACT 05 H

5 SIGNAL SHIELD

6 +15V SHIELD

7 NC

8 -15V SHIELD

9 -15V DC POWER SUPPLY DECK

10 +15VDC POWER SUPPLY DECK

11 GROUND POWER SUPPLY DECK

12 GROUND POWER SUPPLY DECK

Figure 3-42. Wiring diagram of connector J4 to deflector bridge circuit.

CL BK BK CL BK CL

PIN ACQUISITION RACK CONNECTION PIN ACQUISITION RACK CONNECTION

1 +15VDC POWER SUPPLY DECK 13 NC

2 -15V DC POWER SUPPLY DECK 14 NC

3 SCANNER CONTACT 01 H 15 SCANNER CONTACT 02 SHIELD

4 GROUND POWER SUPPLY DECK 16 +15VDC SHIELD

5 GROUND POWER SUPPLY DECK 17 -15V DC SHIELD

6 SCANNER CONTACT 01 L 18 SCANNER CONTACT 00 SHIELD

7 SCANNER CONTACT 02 H 19 GROUND POWER SUPPLY DECK

8 SCANNER CONTACT 02 L 20 GROUND POWER SUPPLY DECK

9 NC 21 SCANNER CONTACT 00 L 10 +15VDC SHIELD 22 +15VDC POWER SUPPLY DECK

11 -15V DC SHIELD 23 -15V DC POWER SUPPLY DECK

12 SCANNER CONTACT 01 SHIELD 24 SCANNER CONTACT 00 H

Figure 3-43. Wiring diagram of connector J5A to main calorimeter gas output circuits i) 0 *.

59
CL BK CL BK

PIN ACQUISITION RACK CONNECTION PIN ACQUISITION RACK CONNECTION

1 +15VDC POWER SUPPLY DECK 9 NC

2 -15V DC POWER SUPPLY DECK 10 NC

3 SCANNER CONTACT 03 H 11 NC

4 GROUND POWER SUPPLY DECK 12 SCANNER CONTACT 03 SHIELD

5 GROUND POWER SUPPLY DECK 13 +15VDC SHIELD

6 SCANNER CONTACT 03 L 14 -15V DC SHIELD

7 SCANNER CONTACT 04 H 15 SCANNER CONTACT 04 SHIELD

8 SCANNER CONTACT 04 L

Figure 3-44. Wiring diagram of connector J5B to main calorimeter gas input circuits box (System H)

CL BK R BK

PIN ACQUISITION RACK CONNECTION PIN ACQUISITION RACK CONNECTION

1 +15VDC POWER SUPPLY DECK 9 NC

2 -15V DC POWER SUPPLY DECK 10 NC

3 SCANNER CONTACT 03 H 11 NC

4

' GROUND POWER SUPPLY DECK 12 SCANNER CONTACT 03 SHIELD

5 GROUND POWER SUPPLY DECK 13 15V DC SHIELD

6 SCANNER CONTACT 03 L 14 -15V DC SHIELD

7 SCANNER CONTACT 04 H 15 SCANNER CONTACT 04 SHIELD

8 SCANNER CONTACT 04 L

Figure 3-45. Wiring diagram of connector J5B to main calorimeter gas input circuits box (System T)

60
V V o

o

GR

BLGR

PIN CONTROL CHASSIS CONNECTION PIN CONTROL CHASSIS CONNECTION

A PIN 23 H PIN 14

B PIN 16 1 PIN 21 C PIN 11 J PIN 22 D PIN 7 K PIN 25

E PIN 18 L PIN 5 F PIN 15 M PIN 19 G PIN 3 N PIN 17

Figure 3-46. Wiring diagram of connector J6 to OSM/BSM shutter motors.

PIN CONTROL CHASSIS CONNECTION PIN CONTROL CHASSIS CONNECTION

1 PIN 1 14 PIN 14

2 NC 15 PIN 15 3 PIN 3 16 NC

4 NC 17 PIN 17

5 NC 18 PIN 18 6 NC 19 PIN 19

7 NC 20 PIN 20

8 NC 21 PIN 21 9 NC 22 PIN 22

10 NC 23 PIN 23

11 NC 24 PIN 24

13 PIN 13 25 PIN 25

Figure 3-47. Wiring diagram of connector J7 to main calorimeter shutter motors.

61
GAS

VALVE 4II

GAS

VALVE 3

CAS

VALVE 2I

GAS

VALVE 1

62

Figure

3-48.

Wiring

diagram

of

gas

valve

control

output

panel.
There are also some subtle differences in similar statements in the two basic languages. For instance, in the following sequence on System T

J = 1 J$ = STR(J).

J$ is a string two terms long having preserved the space for the implied plus sign. This space needs

to be removed for concatenation and certain other operations. On System H the space is dropped.

Also, on System H in computed GOTO statements, arguments outside the range of accepted values (zero

included) cause a fatal error. On System T the computer goes to the next line, which allows software

handling of mistakes such as wrong answers from keyboard input from the operator. Other differences

will become apparent as the operator becomes better acquainted with the two systems.

4.2

System T Programs and Data Files

4.2.1 Index (FILE 1)

This index can most easily be run by pressing the AUTO LOAD button. The program lists the file

number and name of each program on the tape and automatically loads and runs the program selected by

the operator.

At the beginning of the program is a routine that tells the operator the other programs on the

tape will not run if he is not using an "A" series 4050. See appendix B, section B.l, for a variable

map and listing of this program.

The nearest thing on System H is the command CAT which lists the programs only.

4.2.2 CLOP (FILE 2)

CLOP is the data acquisition program. It accepts run parameters input by the operator and then starts operating the calorimeter, performing such functions as reading and storing the output of all the sensors, operating shutters, turning on and off the electrical calibration power supply, and shutting off and turning on the gas flow. It also performs simple mathematical operations such as averaging data packets by dividing by 6 and scaling calibration voltages by multiplying by 10.

After the run is completed results can be printed to the screen and copied, and then stored on the data tape in a temporary storage file. See appendix B, section B.2, for a variable map and listing of this program.

This program performs the same functions as "Autost" and M CL0P2" which are chained on System Fi.

4.2.3 CHANNEL MONITOR (FILE 3)

CHANNEL MONITOR is a general utility program. It is used to switch in various channels on the scanner to read the output from the sensor, or to perform certain operations such as switching open

and closed gas valves and CLOP shutters. This program is extremely useful when setting up CLOP or repairing sensor and shutter circuits. See appendix B, section B.3, for a listing of this program.

There is no variable map, since the program uses no variables.

This program is used for the same function as "CHMON" on System H but is more elaborate becaw."

of the greater number of UDKs.

63
4.2.4

READ RUN DATA FILES (FILE 4)

This program is used to read and list the contents of the temporary data storage files. If the

operator has data stored that he does not wish to overwrite and lose, he can use this program to ascertain which file contains that data. This program also contains a graphing routine so the operator can use this program after he stores the data from CLOP to graph the sensor outputs. See appendix

B, section B.4, for a variable map and listing of this program.

The equivalent program on System FI is "FILEXM" . That program does not contain a graphing routi ne.

4.2.5 CALCULATE RESULTS (FILE 5)

This program retrieves the raw data from the temporary storage file and calculates the zeroth,

first, and second moments for the zero rating, transition, and final rating periods. For electrical

runs a calibration factor or stability factor, whichever is appropriate, is also calculated. Results

from electrical runs are stored in electrical summary files. Results of laser and combination runs are stored in data files labelled LASER OR COMBINATION RUN RESULTS FILE #1 through #10. See appendix

B, section B.5, for a variable map and listing of this program.

The corresponding program in System H is “CALC".

4.2.6 READ ELECTRICAL SUMMARY FILE (FILE 6)

This program displays and lists the contents of the electrical summary file for any sensor of

CLOP. For each electrical calibration run, the run parameters; zeroth, first, and second moments for

the zero rating, transition period, and final rating period; and calibration factor (or stability

factor) are printed. This program is useful when the operator wishes to obtain an over-all picture of

how well CLOP is operating, environmental effects, etc. See appendix B, section B.6, for a variable

map and listing of this program.

The corresponding program in System H is "ELSCAN".

4.2.7 CALCULATE CAL FACTORS (FILE 7)

This program calculates the "best" values of calibration factor and drift as described in section

2. For the ancillary modules it calculates an average value; standard deviation; and 90 percent, 95

percent, and 99 percent confidence intervals. For the main calorimeter RTD and temperature out sensor, a least squares fit is performed. Standard deviations and confidence intervals are calculated

for the Y-intercept and the slope.

An editing routine is included in the program to allow removal of bad or irrelevant runs. Also,

provision is made to add a descriptive information note in which the operator can record comments pertinent to the data. The only character not permitted in the comments is an asterisk (*) since this

character is used as a delimiter between the individual information notes. Results are stored in file

23 in the form of an 8 x 4 array (see table 2.1) and a single alpha string containing the information

notes for all sensors. See appendix B, section B.7, for a variable map and listing of this program.

The equivalent program in System H is "FACTOR."

64
4.2.8 RUN KEPCO (FILE 8)

This program is a general utility program. It allows the operator to set the electrical calibration power supply to run at any desired voltage limit and current limit to the limits of the instrument (1U0 V and 10 A). This is especially useful when one desires to set the divider ratios in the dc

calibration voltage and current measuring circuits (see section 3.7.6). See appendix B, section B.8,

for a variable map and listing of this program. In System H, program "KEPCO" performs the same functions.

4.2.9 System T Data Tapes

All data tapes for System T are formatted the same. Since this system has an external tape deck,

this should require less changing of tape cartridges. The data tape index is given in table 4.1.

File 1 is written in ASCII; all the rest are in binary. Since binary data takes less space than

ASCII, this permits storing greater amounts of data. The binary data can also be accessed faster.

File 1 is marked to hold 5120 bytes. Files 2 through 11 hold 20224 bytes each. The electrical

summary files, 12 through 22 hold 9216 bytes each. File 23, the electrical calibration summary file

Table 4.1. Index of System T data tapes.

CLOP Data Tape #1 Index

FILE 1 : INDEX FILE 2 : RUN DATA FILE #1 FILE 3 : RUN DATA FILE #2 FILE 4 : RUN DATA FILE #3 FILE 5 : RUN DATE FILE #4 FILE 6 : RUN DATA FILE #5 FILE 7 : RUN DATA FILE #6 FILE 8 : RUN DATA FILE #7 FILE 9 : RUN DATA FILE #8 FILE 10 : RUN DATA FILE #9 FILE 11 : RUN DATA FILE #10

FILE 12 : MAIN CALORIMETER RTD ELECTRICAL SUMMARY

FILE 13 : MASS FLOW OUT ELECTRICAL SUMMARY

FILE 14 : TEMPERATURE OUT ELECTRICAL SUMMARY

FILE 15 : MASS FLOW IN ELECTRICAL SUMMARY

FILE 16 : TEMPERATURE IN ELECTRICAL SUMMARY

FILE 17 : FOIL REFLECTOR ELECTRICAL SUMMARY

FILE 18 : DEFLECTOR ELECTRICAL SUMMARY

FILE 19 : SEPARATION TUBE ELECTRICAL SUMMARY

FILE 20 : BACKSCATTER MONITOR ELECTRICAL SUMMARY

FILE 21 : OVERSPILL MONITOR ELECTRICAL SUMMARY

FILE 22 : EXTENSION TUBE ELECTRICAL SUMMARY

FILE 23 : ELECTRICAL CALIBRATION FACTOR SUMMARY FILE FILE 24 : LASER OR COMBINATION RUN RESULTS FILE #1 FILE 25 : LASER OR COMBINATION RUN RESULTS FILE #2 FILE 26 : LASER OR COMBINATION RUN RESULTS FILE #3 FILE 27 : LASER OR COMBINATION RUN RESULTS FILE #4 FILE 28 : LASER OR COMBINATION RUN RESULTS FILE #5 FILE 29 : LASER OR COMBINATION RUN RESULTS FILE #6 FILE 30 : LASER OR COMBINATION RUN RESULTS FILE #7 FILE 31 : LASER OR COMBINATION RUN RESULTS FILE #8 FILE 32 : LASER OR COMBINATION RUN RESULTS FILE #9 FILE 33 : LASER OR COMBINATION RUN RESULTS FILE #10

65
is 1536 bytes. The last 10 files, 24 through 33, are 14848 bytes each. Thus, there is space in the

electrical summary files for the results of 55 electrical calibrations. Files 24 through 33 can each

hold the results of 13 laser runs.

The total space on the tape used is 458 kbytes. The tape deck has trouble marking this much

space so it is recommended that marking of new data tapes be done with the internal drive of the System T computer. When making a new file 23 (or after a KILL 23:), a dummy array and information note

must be put in the new file. The following program will perform this operation.

100 INIT

110 DIM F0(8,4),I0$(584)

120 F0=0

130 10$ = "null*null*null*null*null*null*null*null*"

140 FIND 23

150 WRITE F0, 10$

160 PRINT @33,2:

170 END

4.3 System H Programs and Data Files

4.3.1 "Autost"

This program, along with CL0P2 (see section 4.3.2) which is chained to it, performs the same function as CLOP on System T (see section 4.2.2). Autost performs all the operations up to the start

of the data-taking process. This program is named Autost so that it will load and run automatically

when System H is first turned on. It may also be loaded the normal way by typing LOAD "Autost" followed by RUN. See section 4.2.2 for a more complete description of the operations performed by this

program.

This program, since it is chained with CL0P2, requires that some variables be stored in COMMON.

Those variables so stored are preserved for use in CL0P2; all others are discarded during the chaining

operation. In the program map variables in COMMON are marked (C). See appendix C, section C.l, for a variable map and listing of this program.

4.3.2 "CL0P2"

This is the second half of the main data-acquisition program and is chained to Autost. Together

these two programs perform the same function as CLOP does for System T (see section 4.2.2). This program begins with the data-taking routines and completes all phases of the run thereafter. This program cannot be run alone as many of the variables need to be defined in Autost.

Variables stored in COMMON are marked (C) in the variable map. See appendix C, section C.2, for

a variable map and listing of this program.

4.3.3 "CALC"

This program performs the same functions as program CALCULATE RESULTS (FILE5) in System T (see

4.2.5). The program retrieves the raw run data from a temporary storage file on tape RUN DATA0 or RUN

66
DATA 1 and does the required mathematical calculations. For electrical calibration runs the results

are stored in the appropriate electrical summary file on the tape marked ELEC. SUMMARY. Results of

laser and combination runs are stored in files on the tape marked LASER RUNS 1. See appendix C, section C.3, for a variable map and listing of this program.

4.3.4 "ELSCAN"

"ELSCAN" is similar to the program READ ELECTRICAL SUMMARY FILES (FILE6) on System T (see section

4.2.6). See appendix C, section C.4 for a variable map and listing of this program.

4.3.5 "FACTOR"

This program is the System H equivalent of CALCULATE CAL FACTORS (FILE 7) on System T (see section 4.2.7). The same statistical methods are used for the various sensors and editing of the electrical summary file data is possible.

The information note utilizes certain infrequently used characters unique to the System H com- puter as delimiters. These characters are listed below with their associated keystrokes.

Table 4.2 Delimiter characters used with the HP85 information notes.

6 CONTROL ft

ft CONTROL ft

If. CONTROL C

ft C 0 N T R 0 L \

£ CONTROL

f CONTROL J

Si CONTROL _

I- SHIFT +

* SHIFT -

These delimiters are listed in the order they appear in the long alpha string, except for the control

A. This character is not in the alpha string and hence, when its position is searched for, a zero is returned indicating the beginning of the alpha string. Thus, on System H the asterisk is permitted in the information notes.

A variable map and listing for this program are given in appendix C, section C.5.

4.3.6

"FILEXM"

"FILEXM" is the System H equivalent of READ RUN DATA FILES (FILE 4) on System T (see section

4.2.4). This program performs the same functions as its System T counterpart except there is no ratine included for graphing sensor output. See appendix C, section C.6, for the variable map and : listing of this program.

67
4.3.7 "CHMON

This program is similar to program CHANNEL MONITOR (FILE 3) on System T (see section 4.2.3).

Since there are only eight UDKs on System H, only six of the sensor outputs are available with a single keystroke. However, UDK#7 allows the operator to input via the keyboard any channel command he desires. UDK#8 terminates the program. A variable map and listing for this program are given in

appendix C, section C.7.

4.3.8 "KEPCO"

This program performs the same function as its System T equivalent RUN KEPCO (FILE 8) (see sec- tion 4.2.8). Appendix C, section C.8, has the variable map and program listing.

4.3.9 System H Data Files

Data files are maintained on separate tape cartridges according to the type of data stored.

Since the internal tape drive of System H is the only drive available for tape use, the data and

program tapes must be plugged in and removed at various times during program operation. Usually this

will be done according to prompting messages displayed on the screen.

Temporary files for storing the raw data acquired by "Autost" and "CL0P2" are available on tapes

RUN DATA 0 and RUN DATA 1. Each of these two tapes has 10 files, RUN DATA 0 through RUN DATA 9 and RUN DATA 10 through RUN DATA 19, respectively. Each file holds data from one run.

The data tape marked ELEC. SUMMARY contains the electrical summary files for all the sensors.

Each file can hold the results of 69 electrical calibrations. Also on this tape is the file "CALFAX"

which contains the statistical summary for each of the temperature sensors.

The tape labelled LASER RUNS 1 is used to store the results of L- and C-type runs. The tape has

9 files, each capable of holding the results of 28 runs. Tables 4.3 through 4.6 list catalogs of the

four data tapes for System H.

Table 4.3. Catalog for data tape RUN DATA 0.

Name Type Bytes Rees File

DATA0 DATA 256 70 1 DATA1 DATA 256 70 2 DATA2 DATA 256 70 3 DATA3 DATA 256 70 4 DATA4 DATA 256 70 5 DATA5 DATA 256 70 6 DATA6 DATA 256 70 7 DATA7 DATA 256 70 8 DATA8 DATA 256 70 9 DATA9 DATA 256 70 10

68
Table 4.4. Catalog for data tape RUN DATA 10

Name Type Bytes Rees File

DATA 10 DATA 256 70 1 DATA11 DATA 256 70 2 DATA12 DATA 256 70 3 DATA13 DATA 256 70 4 DATA14 DATA 256 70 5 DATA15 DATA 256 70 6 DATA16 DATA 256 70 7 DATA17 DATA 256 70 8 DATA18 DATA 256 70 9 DATA19 DATA 256 70 10

Table 4.5. Catalog for data tape ELEC. SUMMARY.

Name Type Bytes Rees Fi le

MCRTD* DATA 150 69 1 MAOUT* DATA 150 69 2 TEOUT* DATA 150 69 3 MAS IN* DATA 150 69 4 TEMIN* DATA 150 69 5 DEFLC* DATA 150 69 6 FOREF* DATA 150 69 7 SPTUB* DATA 150 69 8 BSMON* DATA 150 69 9 OSMON* DATA 150 69 10 EXTUB* DATA 150 69 11 CALFAX DATA 256 4 12

Table 4.6. Catalog for data tape LASER RUNS 1.

Name Type Bytes Rees File

LAS100 DATA 822 28 1 LAS101 DATA 822 28 2 LAS102 DATA 822 28 3 LAS103 DATA 822 28 4 LAS104 DATA 822 28 5 LAS105 DATA 822 28 6 LAS106 DATA 822 28 7 LAS107 DATA 822 28 8

LAS108 DATA 822 28 9

69
5. References

[1] Hoya Glass Works Std., Hoya color filter glass, p. 6, Catalog No. 7109E.

[2] Laser Focus, Buyers' Guide, p. 444 (1983).

[3] Johnson, Jr., E. G. Evaluating the inequivalence and a computational simplification for the NBS laser energy standards. App. Opt. 16: 2315-2331; 1977 August.

[4] Natrella, M. Experimental statistics, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.) Handb. 91; 1963 August, pp.5-10.

[5] Bennett, H. E., et. al . Infrared reflectance of aluminum evaporated films in high vacuum. J. Opt.

Soc. of Am. 53(9): 1089-1095; 1963 September.

70
Appendix A. Conversion Routines Between Decimal and Hexadecimal Based Number Systems

The electrical calibration power supply utilizes commands containing hexadecimal numbers to set voltage and current limits. The routines used in the CLOP computer programs employ the conventional

hexadecimal digits 0 through 9 and continuing A through F, where F = 15

1Q

and 10

16 = 161Q

. The

algorithm used to convert from the decimal to hexadecimal base involves dividing the decimal number

16 and recording the remainder, R, of each step as illustrated in the following.

Therefore, 1240,. 4D8, C

. i U lb

The inverse operation involves multiplying each hexadecimal digit, starting with the most significant, by 16 and adding in the next digit before again multiplying by 16. An example is given below.

Convert (124U)

1(J

-*• (?) 16

77 16 | 1240 R = 8

_4

16 1 77 r = 13 10 = D

0

16 1

4

R = 4

Convert (4D5)

lg (?) 1Q

4 D 5 1237

64 1232

Therefore, 4D5, C = 1237,.

I b 1 U

71
Appendix B. System T Program Listings and Variable Maps

Bl. Index (FILE 1) Program Listing

100 REM ************* PROGRAM INDEX ********** DATA-TIliE: 630331 0 1o:1o

110 REM

120 R E I i TAPE CLOP * ^ •* * * # ^ * * # * # * * I L 1 #**£ # ^ ** ****** * 130 IN IT

140 X=RND(0)

150 FUZZ 2 1^0 IF X = 0 * 7

9 OR X = 0 * 6 9 OR X = 0.59 THEN 210

160 PRINT "LG TAPE CLOP HAS PROGRAMS WHICH WILL RUN ONLY ON THE ' A

* SLR"

190 PRINT "IES 4050 's.lJJTHEY WILL NOT RUN ON THIS COMPUTER."

200 CO TO 999o

210 PRINT "LG TAPE CLOP

220 PRINT

230 PRINT "FILE 1 240 PRINT "FILS 2 250 PRINT "FILE 3 2 60 PRINT "FILE 4 270 PRINT "FILE 5

Index"

Perform CLOP Runs"

Read Scanner Channels"

Read Run Data Files"

Calculate Run Results"

DATE: 640111"

260 PRINT "FILE o : Read Electrical Summary Files"

290 PRINT "FILE 7 : Calculate Cal Factor and Stats For Each Module

300 PRINT "FILE 6 : Run KEPCO Power Supply."

500 PRINT 11 JJ What file no.? (Enter 0 for no file) "; 510 INPUT F 520 IF F=0 THEN 9996

530 FIND F 540 OLD

9996 PRINT " JDONE"

9999 END

If

Variable Map

F-file number of program to run X-number indicating type of System T computer being used

72
B2. CLUP (FILE Z)

Proyram Listing

1 INIT

2 SET KEY

3 GO TO 100

4 REM READ MASS IN

5 IF F3<>1 AND F3<>2 THEN 7

6 GOSUB 9800

7 RETURN

8 REM READ TEMP IN

9 IF F3<>1 AND F3<>2 THEN 11 10 GOSUB 9900

1 1 RETURN

16 REM PAUSE ROUTINE

17 F8= 1 18 RETURN

44 REM GAS ON

45 IF F 3 < > 1 AND F3<>2 THEN 47

46 GOSUB 9600

4 7 RETURN

48 REM GAS OFF

49 IF F3<>1 AND F3<>2 THEN 51

50 GOSUB 9 7 00

51 RETURN

52 REM CHANGE GAS CYLINDER

53 IF F5<>1 THEN 55

54 GOSUB 10100

55 RETURN

80 REM ABORT RUN ROUTINE

81 IF F2 = 0 THEN 96

82 PRINT @ 1 9

: "D"

83 F3=0

84 F2=0

35 IF J> 1 20 THEN 92

36 GOSUB 9

7 00

87 PRINT 11 J JG Program aborted !G CLOP is on HOLD before 2 min adj period."

88 W3YTE 056 ,4,1

:

89 CALL "1FC"

90 GOSUB 10000

91 GO TO 3740

92 PRINT 11 JJGGJGAbor t activated! We are retreating: to the 2 min ad.ius";

93 PRINT "tment period."

94 CALL "WAIT",

2

95 GO TO 3740

96 RETURN

100 REM *********** PROGRAM CLOP ************** DATE-TIME 340210 0 09:21

1 10 REM

120 REM *fc*fc**# >fr^** #-<*'j, APE CLOP **#***#*## FILE 2 *******************

130 REM INIT EQUIP.

140 ON SRQ THEN 10300

150 PRINT 06: "12000"; "2200F"

1 60 WBYTE 056.4, 1

:

73
1 7 0 130

1 90

200

2 10

220

230

240

250

260

270

28 0

290

300

310

320

330

340

350

360

370

380

390

400

410

420

430

440

450

460

470

480

490

500

510

520

530

540

550

560

570

580

590

600

610

620

630

640

650

660

PRINT 69 : "C , 3 1 , 33"

PRINT 69: "3"

PRINT 619: "T100E1DR"

CALL "REN OFF"

CALL "RE NON"

DIM 10$ ( 5 ) , L$ ( 1 ) . N$ ( 9 ) , 01 $ (6 )

, R$ ( 1 )

, U 1 $ ( 1 9 )

, V ( 1 0 ) . V4 ( 1 70 , 1 0 ) , H 1 ( 1 0

)

DIM G0$ (3) ,G1$(2) ,G2$(2) ,G3$(2) ,G4$(2) , (15$ (2 ) ,V1 (55) , I 1 (55)

DIM V1$(5) .V2( 176.3) ,U2$( 1 ) ,M5$(

I

7

) ,U$( 1

)

REM SET CRITICAL FLAGS

F3 = 0 F2 =0

PRINT "L.PRE-RUN CHECKLIST"

PRINT "JPRE-HEATER CONTROLS SHOULD BE--"

PRINT "J OFF-ON SWITCH OFF"

PRINT " MANUAL-AUTO SWITCH MANUAL"

PRINT " VOLTAGE KNOB 0 VOLTS (FULL CCW)"

GOSUB 10000

PRINT "LGSTATUS LIGHT CHECK"

PRINT "JARE SHUTTER STATUS LIGHTS RED? (Y OR N) "; INPUT R$

GO TO ( R $ = " Y

" } +2 * ( R $ = " N

" ) OF 410,390

GO TO 340

PRINT "JUSE MANUAL PUSHBUTTONS TO CLOSE SHUTTERS."

GOSUB 10000

PRINT " JJKEPCO STATUS LIGHT SHOULD BE RED."

PRINT " JKepco OFF and Interface Unit ON"

GOSUB 10000

PRINT "JJGAS FLOW status light should be RED"

PRINT "J+15V & -15V status lights should be GREEN"

PRINT " JDVM should be on 10V RANGE. INT, TRIG., ASCII FORMAT , ZER";

PRINT "0 DELAY"

PRINT " JSCANNER should be BLANK"

GOSUB 10000

G 1 $= " " G9 = 0

PRINT "LGIS EQUIPMENT WARMED UP? (Y OR N) "; INPUT R$

GO TO ( R $ = " Y

" ) +2 * ( R $ = " N

" ) OF 760,560

GO TO 520

PRINT <39: "14"

PRINT "LG45 MINUTE WARM-UP PERIOD STARTED, J"

PRINT "JCHECK POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGES."

J = 0

PRINT 619: "P100E4SR"

WAIT

J = J+1

IF J0600 THEN 650

PRINT "G 1 0 MIN ELAPSED"

IF J01200 THEN o

7 0 PRINT "G20 MIN ELAPSED"

74
6

7 0 IF J01300 THEN 690

660 Phi NT "G30 MIN ELAPSED"

690 IF J < >24 00 THEN 710

700 PRINT "G40 MIN ELAPSED"

7 10 IF JO2700 THEN 610

720 PRINT 019: "P100E4D"

7 30 PRINT "JG45 MIN WARM-UP COMPLETED"

740 GOSUb 12000

750 GO TO 300

760 REM PWR CHK-NO WARM UP

77 0 PRINT 09 : " 1 4

7 30 PRINT "LtCHECK POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGES"

7 90 GOSUB 10000

300 REM INPUT RUN PARAMETERS

810 PRINT "LGWHAT IS THE RUN NO.?

820 INPUT N$

830 PRI "JIS THIS A LASER (L ) , ELECTRICAL ( S ) , OR COMBINATION ( C ) RUN? " 840 INPUT L$

850 U1$=""

360 GO TO (L$ = "L"U2*(L$ = "E")+3*(L$ = "C") OF 1050,900,830

870 GO TO 330

880 U 1 =6

390

900

910

920

930

940

950

960

970

980

990

1 000

1010

1 020

1030

1040

1050

1060

GO TO

PRINT

PRINT

PRINT

PRINT

PRINT

PRINT

PRINT

PRINT

INPUT

1030

LWHAT UNIT IS TO BE CALIBRATED?"

J 1. EXTENSION TUBE"

2. OVERSPILL MONITOR"

BACKSCATTER MONITOR"

SEPARATION TUBE"

DEFLECTOR or FOIL REFLECTOR"

MAIN CALORIMETER"

LINE NO. ":

3.

4.

5.

6

.

JENTER

U1

U1=INT(U1 ) IF U 1 < = 6 AND U 1 => 1 THEN 1030

PRINT "G"

GO TO 970

REM GET CALOR CONFIGURATION

GO TO 1080

U 1 =6

U 1 $

= "MAIN CALORIMETER"

1070 T0=0

1030 01$=""

1090 M5$= "DEFLECTOR =

" 1100 IF L$="L" THEN 1130

1110 PRINT "LSet LASER RUN - COMBINATION switch to

1120 GO TO 1140

1130 PRINT "LSet LASER RUN - COMBINATION switch to

1 140 GOSUB 10000

1 150 F=0

1160 FOR 1=1 TO 6

COMBINATION"

LASER RUN"

75
1170

1130

1 100

1 200

1210

1 220

1 230

1 24 0 1250

1 260

1 2

7 0 1230

1 290

1 300

1310

1 320

1 330

1340

1 350

1360

1 370

1 330

1390

1400

1410

1420

1430

1 440

1 450

1 460

1470

1430

1 490

1 500

1510

1520

1 530

1 540

1550

1 560

1 5

7 0 1580

1 590

1600

1610

1 620

1630

1 640

1650

1 660

U$ =

" " PRINT "LRECORD CALORIMETER CONFIGURATION"

PRINT "J 0. NO MODULE"

PRINT " 1. EXTENSION TUBE"

PRINT " 2. OVERSPILL MONITOR"

PRINT " 3. BACKSCATTEH MONITOR"

PRINT " 4. SEPARATION TUBE"

PRINT " 5. DEFLECTOR or FOIL REFLECTOR"

PRINT " 6. MAIN CALORIMETER"

PRINT " JFROM THE INPUT END, WHAT MODULE IS NUMBER ";I

INPUT U$

IF U $ <

>

" 5

" THEM 1370

PRINT "L WHICH DEVICE IS BEING USED?"

PRINT "J 1. DEFLECTOR"

PRINT " 2. FOIL REFLECTOR"

PRINT "JENTER LINE NO, "; INPUT R GO TO R OF 1370, 1360

GO TO 1290

M5$="FOIL REFL= " IF VAL ( U$ ) <>U 1 THEN 1390

F= 1 01$=01$&U$

NEXT I D$=SEG ( M5$ , 1

, 1

)

IF F= 1 THEN 1430

PRINT "JGNUMBER ";U1;" IS TO RECEIVE ELECTRICAL ENERGY BUT IS NOT";

PRINT " IN THE CALOR IHETER_CONFIGU RATION . RESOLVE THIS PROBLEM "; PRINT "BEFORE CONTINUING."

GOSUB 10000

GO TO 1040

IF L$="L" THEN 1520

GOSUB U1 OF 3000, 3100, 8200, 8300,8400,8500 ! GET ELEC PARAM

VI =0

11=0

REM GET AMBIENT CONDITIONS

PRINT "L±WHAT IS THE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IN DEGREES C?

INPUT T9

PRINT "JWHAT IS THE BAROMETRIC PRESSURE IN ran OF Hg?

INPUT B9

PAGE

IF U 1 < >6 THEN 1920

REM SET RTD 4 TEMP OUT DIALS

PRINT 59 : "00

PRINT "LSet RTD dial for convenient reading on DVM."

PRINT "Enter dial reading

INPUT Z5

PRINT 59: "02"

PRINT "JSet TEMP OUT dial for convenient reading on DVM."

PRINT "Enter dial reading

76
16 7 0

1630

1690

1700

1710

1720

1730

1740

1750

1 760

1770

1730

1 790

1300

1310

1320

1330

1340

1350

1360

1870

1330

1690

1 900

1910

1 920

1930

1940

1950

I960

1970

1 930

1990

2000

2010

2020

2030

2040

2050

2060

2070

2080

2090

2 100

2 110

2120

2130

2 140

2150

2160

INPUT Z6

HEM GET MAIN CAL ZERO READINGS

PRINT 024: ''R3T2D. OIOS"

PRINT 09: "03"

INPUT 024 : Z

1

PRINT 09: "01"

INPUT 024 :Z2

PRINT 09: "04"

INPUT 024 :Z3

PRINT 09: "02"

INPUT 024 :Z4

PRINT 09: "00"

INPUT 024 : Z9

PRINT 024: "T ID. IS"

WBYTE 056 , 1

:

IMAGE "MASS FLOW IN ZERO RDG: ",30T,+2D.2D

IMAGE "TEMP IN ZERO RDG: ",30T,+2D.2D

IMAGE "MASS FLOW OUT ZERO RDG: ",30T,+2D.2D

IMAGE "TEMP OUT ZERO RDG: ",30T,+2D.2D

PRINT USING 1 320 : Z

1

PRINT USING 1 340 : Z2

PRINT

PRINT USING 1 330 : Z3

PRINT USING 1 350 : Z4

CALL "WAIT",

2

REM PRINT RUN PARAM

PRINT "LRUN NO: ";N$

PRINT " JRUN TYPE: ";L$

IF L$="L" THEN 1930

PRINT

PRINT

PRINT

PRINT

PRINT

IF U 1 <>6

PRINT

PRINT

PRINT

PRINT

PRINT

PRINT

PRINT

"JUNIT RECEIVING ELECTRICAL

" JNOMINAL ELECTRICAL ENERGY

" JCALORIMETER CONFIGURATION

"AMBIENT TEMP: ";T9;" DEG C"

"BAROM. PRESS: ";B9;" mm Hg"

THEN 2100

ENERGY:

" ; E 1

;

'

" ; 0 U

USING

USING

USING

USING

USING

1820

1840

Z1

Z2

1 830 : Z3

1 850 : Z4

" "

" JRTD

" ; u l s J"

dial setting:"", 30T,4D":Z5

PRINT USING """TEMP OUT dial set ting 30T , 4D" : Z6

CALL "WAIT",

2

COPY

IF U 1 <>6 THEN 3340

PRINT "LWE ARE READY TO SET THE GAS FLOW."

PRINT " JGAS FLOW WILL BE FROM—"

PRINT "J 1. DIRECT FROM INDIVIDUAL CYLINDERS ONE AT A TIME"

PRINT " 2. SEVERAL CYLINDERS ON A HIGH PRESSURE MANIFOLD"

77
2 1 7 0 2 130

2190

2200

2210

2220

2230

2240

2250

22 60

2270

2280

2290

2300

2310

2320

2330

2340

2350

2360

2370

2330

2390

2400

2410

2420

2430

2440

2450

2460

2470

2480

2490

2500

2510

2520

2530

2 540

2550

2560

2570

2580

2590

2 600

2610

2620

2630

2640

2650

2660

PRINT "JENTER LINE NO. "; INPUT G9

IF G9=1 OR 09=2 THEN 2220

PRINT "GJANSWER MUST BE 1 OR 2"

GO TO 2170

IF G9=2 THEN 2620

REM INDIVIDUAL BOTTLE ROUTINE

PRINT "LOPEN MANUAL VALVES ON INPUT TO ALL ELECTRICAL VALVES TO 3E

PRINT "USED. MAKE SURE MANUAL VALVES ON NON-CONNECTED ELECTRICAL"

PRINT "VALVES ARE CLOSED TO PREVENT BACK LEAKAGE."

GOSUB 10000

PRINT "JOPEN ALL CYLINDER VALVES. CHECK CYLINDER PRESSURE >100#."

PRINT "JSET REGULATORS TO APPROXIMATELY 35 PSI."

GOSUB 10000

M9$= "GJERROR ! ANSWER MUST BE 1, 2, 3, OR 4"

PRINT "LTO WHAT VALVE IS THE PRIMARY CYLINDER CONNECTED?

INPUT R IF R= 1 OR R=2 OR R=3 OR R=4 THEN 2370

PRINT M9$

GO TO 2320

G0$=STR ( 33+R

)

GH=TRIM(G0$)

PRINT "JTO WHAT VALVE IS THE #1 BACK-UP CYLINDER CONNECTED?

INPUT R IF R= 1 OR R = 2 OR R = 3 OR R = 4 AND

PRINT M9$ ; " AND " ; VAL (G1 $

) -33 ;

GO TO 2390

GO$=STR(33+R)

G2$=TRIM(G0$

)

PRINT "JTO WHAT VALVE IS THE #2

INPUT R IF R= 1 OR R=2 OR R=3 OR R = 4 AND

PRINT M9$ : " AND " ; VAL ( G2$ ) -3 3

5

GO TO 2460

ROYAL (G1 $ ) -33 THEN 2440

IS THE PRIMARY CYLINDER VALVE"

BACK-UP CYLINDER CONNECTED?

R<> VAL (G2$ ) -33 THEN 2510

IS THE #1 BACK-UP CYLINDER VALVE

G0$=STR ( 33+R

)

G3$=TRIM(G0$)

PRINT "JTO WHAT VALVE IS THE #3 BACK-UP CYLINDER CONNECTED?

INPUT R IF R= 1 OR R = 2 OR R = 3 OR R = 4 AND R<> VAL (G3$ ) -33 THEN 2580

PRINT M9$ 1 " AND " ; VAL (G3$ ) -33 1 " IS THE #2 BACK-UP CYLINDER"

GO TO 2530

G0$=STR ( 33+R

)

G4$=TRIM(G0$)

F3 = 1 GO TO 2950

HEM GAS SUPPLY FROM MANIFOLD ROUTINE

PRI "LMAKE SURE ALL VALVES ON MANIFOLD AND CYLINDERS ARE SHUT OFF.

PRINT "JCONNECT 3 OR MORE GAS CYLINDERS TO THE MANIFOLD WITH THE"

PRINT "COPPER TUBING PIG-TAILS."

PRINT "JOPEN ALL MANIFOLD VALVES TO CYLINDERS."
2 6

7 0

2660

2 690

2700

2

7 1 0

2

7 20

2

7 30

2 7 40

2750

2

7 o0

277(j

2

7 30

2790

2800

2610

2620

2630

2840

2350

2860

23 7 0

2880

2390

2900

2910

2920

2 930

2 9^0

2950

2960

2970

2980

2990

3000

3010

3020

3030

3040

3050

3060

3070

3080

3090

3100

3110

3120

3130

3140

3150

3160

PRINT

G03UB

PRINT

PRINT

PRINT

PRINT

Phi NT

PRINT

PRINT

PRINT

GOSU B PRINT

PRINT

PRINT

GOSUB

"JOPEN VALVES ON 2 CYLINDERS."

10000

"LFOR YOUR INFORMATION--"

"JJCHANGE GAS CYLINDERS IF PRESSURE DROPS TO IOC#."

" ^PROCEDURE IS AS FOLLOWS:"

"J 1. SHiJT OFF MANIFOLD VALVE TO ONE CYLINDER."

" 2. TURN ON CYLINDER VALVE TO A NEW CYLINDER."

" 3. CLOSE THE CYLINDER VALVE ON THE CYLINDER IN STEP

" 4. REPLACE CYLINDER IN STEP 1 WITH A NEW CYLINDER."

" 5. OPEN THE MANIFOLD VALVE ON REPLACEMENT CYLINDER."

10000

"LCONTINUING WITH SETTING UP THE GAS MANIFOLD—"

"JOPEN MANIFOLD VALVE TO PRESSURE REGULATOR."

"JSET REGULATOR TO APPROXIMATELY 35 PSI."

10000

fl

PRINT "LTO WHAT ELECTRICAL VALVE IS THE PRESSURE REGULATOR CONNEC";

PRINT "TED?

INPUT R IF R = 1 OR R = 2 OR R = 3 OR R = 4 THEN 2890

PRINT M9$

CALL "WAIT".

2

GO TO 2820

G0$ = STR ( 33+R

)

G 1$ = TRI!i(G0$ ) F3 = 2

PRINT "GJMAKE SURE MANUAL VALVES ON UNUSED ELECTRICAL VALVES ARE

PRINT "CLOSED."

GOSUB 10000

PRINT "LWe are now setting up the gas flow."

PRINT "JOn the INPUT GAS CONTROLLER —" PRINT "J 1. Put the RUN-SET switch to SET"

PRI " 2. Adjust the BALANCE knob so the HEAT CYCLE LED just does"

PRINT " remain extinguished."

PRINT " 3. Put the RUN-SET switch to RUN."

GOSUB 10000

PRINT "JOn the PREHEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT—"

PRINT "J 1. Put the MANUAL-AUTO switch to AUTO."

PRINT " 2. Rotate VOLTAGE knob to 80 on the front dial."

PRINT " 3. Put the OFF-ON switch to ON."

GOSUB 10000

Z0 = 7 .8 ! THIS VALUE DETERMINED EMPIRICALLY AT DESIRED FLOW RATE

T 1 =0 . 6 1 ! THIS VALUE DETERMINED AS WELL ABOVE LAB TEMP 23 DEG C

PRINT §9: "03”

PRINT "LGUDK 1, 2, 11, 12, 13 (if approp) and 20 are available fo";

PRINT "r use if needed_in succeeding procedures."

PRINT "JMASS FLOW readings on DVM. " ! _=C0NTR0L RUBOUT

PRINT "JMake sure REGULATORS are set to approximately 35 PSI."

PRI "JOpen FLOW VALVE approximately 7 turns. Leave it alone if yo";

PRINT "u know it is_already set from a previous run."

GOSUB 10000

79
3170

3 1 00

3190

3200

3210

3220

3230

3240

3250

3260

3270

3280

3290

3300

3310

3320

3330

3340

3350

3360

3370

3330

3390

3400

3410

3420

3430

3440

3450

3460

34 7 0

3430

3490

3500

3510

3520

3530

3540

3550

3560

3570

3580

3590

3600

3610

3620

3630

3640

3650

3660

GOSUB 9600

PRINT "GJHEAT CYCLE LED should start BLINKING ,

PRI "JAdjust FLOW VALVE to get the below MASS IN reading and the

PRINT "BALANCE knob_to get the below TEMP IN reading."

PRINT "JIMASS IN = ";Z 1+ZO

PRINT "ITEMP IN = " ; T

1

IF G9=2 THEN 3270

PRINT "JSwitch to each gas cylinder and set its regulator to get

PRINT "the MASS IN .reading."

PRINT "JBe sure to end up with the primary cylinder."

PRINT "JMASS IN and TEMP IN readings are coupled. Use UDK's to sw";

PRINT "itch back and"

PRINT "forth while setting MASS FLOW and TEMPERATURE."

GOSUB 10000

PRINT (3 9 : "3

F3 = 0 GO TO 3400

C$=STR( 10-U1

)

C$=TRIM(C$)

C$="0"&C$

PRINT 09:C$

PRINT "LG";U1:i>;" output readings ON DVM.

CALL "WAIT",

2

PRINT "LSHUTTERS BEING TESTED"

PRINT 09: "3.30.32"

PRINT §9: "3"

CALL "WAIT",

9

PRINT "JGShutter STATUS LIGHTS should be GREEN."

CALL "WAIT" 4 PRINT "GJTEST CONTINUING."

PRINT @9: "3.31 ,33"

PRINT 09: "3"

CALL "WAIT",

9

PRINT "JGShutter STATUS LIGHTS should be RED."

PRINT " JDID SHUTTERS TEST OKAY? (Y OR N)

INPUT R$

GO TO ( R$="Y" ) +2* ( R$="N" ) OF 3600,3560

PRINT "JGWHAT?"

GO TO 3510

PRINT "JExercise balky shutter with pushbuttons. It must operate "; PRINT "in 9 seconds."

GOSUB 10000

GO TO 3400

IF L$<> "L " THEN 3630

U 1$s "MAIN CALORIMETER"

U1=0

U2$ = 3EG ( U 1 $ , 1 . 1

)

PRINT "LG FINAL PRE-RUN CHECKLIST"

PRINT " JVerify CABLE 0 is connected to ":U1$

IF L$="L" THEN 3690

80
36 7 0 PRINT " JTurn on KEPCO pov/er supply."

3630 GO TO 3700

3690 PRINT " JVerify KEPCO power supply is OFF."

3700 IF U1 =6 OR U1=0 THEN 3720

3 7 1

0

PRINT " JGAS CYLINDERS should be turned OFF

3720 PRINT " JMake SAFETY CHECK of area*"

3

7 30 GOSUB 10000

3 7 40 HI =0

3750 IF L$:= " E " AND U 2 $ <

>

M " THEN 3770

3760 F3 = G9 ! ACTIVATE UDK S

3770 F2= 1 3780 PRINT "LiBegin 2 min adjustment periodJ"

3790 PRINT @24 : "R3T2D.010S ft 3800 IF L$:= " E " AND U2$ <> " M " THEN 3320

3310 PRINT @9 : "3 . " :G 1$

3820 J=0

3830 N9=20+T0

3840 PRINT @19: "P300E4SR"

3350 WAIT

3860 FOR I = 0 TO 9 3870 C$=STR ( I

)

3880 C$sTRIM(C$)

3390 PRINT @9 : "0" ; C$

3900 INPUT @24 : V ( 1+ 1

)

3910 NEXT I 3920 PRINT "LMASS IN = " ; V ( 4

)

3930 PRINT "MASS OUT = ";V( 2)

3940 PRINT "TEMP IN= " ; V ( 5

)

3950 PRINT "TEMP OUT = " ; V ( 3 ) 3960 PRINT "CAL RTD= " ; v( 1

)

3970 PRINT M5$ ; V(6)

3980 PRINT "SEP TUBE= "

; V ( 7

)

3990 PRINT "BSM RTD= " ; V ( 8 ) 4000 PRINT "OSM RTD= " ; V ( 9

)

4010 PRINT "EXT TUBE= " ; V (

1

0 ) 4020 J= J+3

4030 PRINT " JTIME : "

;

J ;3 EC"

4040 IF JC120 THEN 3050

4050 IF J0 1 20 THEN 4070

4060 PRINT "JGStart 8 min monitor periodG"

4070 IF J<600 THEN 3850

4080 PRINT "LGRun is in data taking stage"

4090 PRINT @19: "P100E4R"

4100 WAIT

4110 GO TO 4810 ! 1 COUNT ONLY & THEN OPERATE FROM 2 LINES DOWN

4120 REM DATA TAKING ROUTINE

4130 WAIT

4140 PRINT @9: "00"

4150 INPUT @24 : HO

4160 HI ( 1 )=H1( 1 ) +H0

81
4170 PHI NT 0 9 : " 0 1 " 4 180 INPUT 024:HO

4190 H1(2)=H1(2) +H0

4 200 PHI NT @9: "02"

4210 INPUT 924 : HO

4220 HI ( 3 ) = H 1 (3)+H0

4230 PRINT 09 : "03"

4240 INPUT 024: HO

4 250 H 1 ( 4 ) = H 1 ( 4 ) +H

0

4260 PRINT 09: "04"

4270 INPUT 024 : HO

4 280 HI (5)=H1 (5.WHO

4290 PRINT 09: "05"

4300 INPUT 024: HO

4310 H 1 ( 6 ) =il 1 ( 6 )+H0

4320 PRINT 09: "06"

4330 INPUT 024 : HO

4340 H 1 ( 7 ) =H 1

(

7 )+H0

4350 PRINT 09 : "07

4360 INPUT 024 : HO

4370 HI (3)=H1 (8)+H0

4380 PRINT 09: "03"

4390 INPUT 024 : HO

4400 HI (9)=H1 (9)+H0

4410 PRINT 09: "09"

4420 INPUT 024 : HO

4430 H 1(10)= H 1(10) +H0

4440 IF J MOD 600 THEN 4560

4450 V4( (J-600)/ 6, 1 )=H1 ( 1 ) 4460 V4((J-600)/6,2)=H1(2)

4470 V4((J-600)/6,3)=H1(3)

4480 V4 ((J-600 )/6,4)=H1(4)

4490 V4 ( ( J-600) /6 ,5 )=H 1 (5

)

4500 V4 ( ( J-600) /o ,6 ) =H1 ( 6

)

4510 V4((J-600)/6,7l=H1( 7

) •’520 V4((J-600)/6.8) = II1(3)

4530 V4((J-600)/o.9)=H1(9)

4540 V4((J-600)/6,10)=H1(10)

4550 H 1 =0

4560 IF J< 1 03 1 OR JP1150+T0 THEN 4800

4570 IF J> 1 1 30 THEN 4690

4580 IF JO 1 03 1 THEN 4620

4590 PRINT 09:"3.3O,32"

4 600 PRINT 09: "3"

4610 GO TO 4310

4620 IF J0 1 1 20 THEN 4660

4630 PRINT §9:"3.31 .33"

4640 PRINT 09: "3"

4650 GO TO 4810

4660 IF J0 1 129 THEN 4810

82
4670

4680

4690

4700

4710

4720

4730

4740

4750

4760

4770

4780

4790

4800

4810

4820

4330

4840

4 350

4360

4370

4380

4390

4900

4910

4 920

4930

4940

4950

4960

4970

4930

4990

5000

5010

5020

5030

5040

5050

5060

5070

5030

5090

5100

51 10

5120

5130

5140

5150

5 160

2 hi NT §9:"3,":G1$

GO TO 4310

IF L$="L" THEN 4310

PRINT £9 : " 1 0"

INPUT §24:11 (J-1 130)

PRINT @ 9

: " 1 2

INPUT §24: VI (J-1 130)

IF JO1140+T0 THEN 4770

PRINT §6: "12000". "2200F"

GO TO 4810

IF J0 1 140 THEN 4810

PRINT §6 : V 1 $ , 10$

GO TO 4310

IF J> 1656 THEN 4830

J = J + 1 GO TO 4130

PRINT §19: "T100E1DR"

PRINT §9: "3"

PRINT §24 : "R3T ID . 1 S"

MBYTE §56.1:

CALL "IFC"

PRINT §9 : " 1 4

PRINT "LG RUN END CHECKLIST"

PRINT " JCHECK CALORIMETER AND ENVIRONS FOR DAMAGE."

PRINT " JPREHEATER SHOULD BE TURNED OFF."

PRINT "JTURN OFF VALVES ON GAS CYLINDERS."

PRINT "JCHECK POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGES ARE NOMINAL."

IF L$="L" THEN 4960

PRINT "JTURN OFF KEPCO POWER SUPPLY."

GOSUB 12000

PRINT "LDATA-SUM PACKETS BEING AVERAGED"

V4=V4/6

IF L$="L" THEN 5050

PRINT " JCALI BRATION VOLTAGES BEING SCALED"

REM MULTIPLY VI BY 10 BECAUSE OF DIVIDER IN V-I BOX

FOR 1=1 TO N9

VI (I)=10*V1 (I)

NEXT I REM OUTPUT RESULTS

M=1

Y 1 = 32

REM FOR PRINTER CHANGE THIS LINE TO "GO TO <2 lines down>

REM MAKE THIS LINE Y 1 =< printer ' s add.> & FIX UDK TO "GO TO <nere>"

PAGE

PRINT §Y 1

: "Run No: ";N$

PRINT §Y 1

: " JRun Type: ";L$

PRINT §Y1 : "JJCalori meter Configuration: ";01$

PRINT §Y1:"Room Temperature: ";T9;" deR C"

PRINT §Y 1

: "Barometric Pressure: ";B9;" mm Hr"

IF L$="L" THEN 5800

83
5

1

7 0

5 1 ci 0 5190

5200

5210

5220

5230

5240

5250

5260

5270

5280

5290

5300

5310

5320

5330

5340

5350

5360

5370

5380

5390

5400

5410

5420

5430

5440

5450

5460

54 7 0

5480

5490

5500

5510

5520

5530

5540

5550

5560

5570

5580

5590

5600

5610

5620

5630

5640

5650

5660

PRINT 0Y1 : "JRLEC. DATAJ"

Y 1 $ = " 1 J 0 VOLTS AMPS"

PRINT QY 1 : USING " 3( 24 A

) " : Y 1 $ . Y 1 $ . Y 1 $

IMAGE 3(2D.2X,+2D,3D.2X,+2D.3D.4X)

IMAGE 2(2D.2X,+2D,3D.2X,+2D,3D.4X)

IMAGE 2D.2X,+2D*3D.2X,+2D«3D,4X

PRINT

N8=INT(N9 / 3)

IF N9 MOD 3=0 THEN 52 7 0

N3=N8+

1

FOR 1=1 TO N3

N=I+N8

P = I + 2 * N 3

IF N9 MOD 3<>0 THEN 5330

PRINT 0Y1: USING 5200 : 1 . V 1 ( I ) . 1 1 ( I ) , N . V 1 ( N ) . 1 1 ( N ) , P . V 1 ( ? ) , 1 1 ( P

)

GO TO 5430

IF N9 MOD 3=2 THEN 5390

IF I =N3 THEN 5370

PRI (?Y1: USI 5200:1, V 1 (I ) , 1 1 ( I ) ,N .V 1 (N ) , 1 1 (N } , P-1 . V 1 (P-1 ) .1 1 (P-1 ) GO TO 5430

PRINT §Y 1 : USING 5220 : 1 , V 1 ( I ) , 1 1 ( I

)

GO TO 5430

IF I =N3 THEN 5420

PRINT 0Y1: USING 5200 : 1 . V 1 ( I ) , 1 1 ( I ) ,N ; V 1 (N ) , 1 1 (N ) . ? . V 1 ( P ) , 1 1 ( P

)

GO TO 5430

PRINT 0Y1: USING 52 10 :I . VI (I ) ,1 1 (I) ,N .VI (M) , 1 1 (N)

NEXT I CALL "WAIT".

2

IF M=1 THEN 5470

COPY

PRINT 0Y1:"JJ"

IF L$="C" THEN 5800

PAGE

PRINT @Y1 : U 1 $

; " OUTPUT"

IMAGE 3D.2X,4(+2D,4D.7X)

IF U 1 =6 THEN 5570

PRINT

J 1 = 1 1 -U

1

GOSUB 10500

GO TO 6190

PRINT 0Y1 : "JMASS FLOW INJ"

J1 =4

G0SU3 10500

PRINT §Y1:"JMA3S FLOW OUTJ"

J1 =2

GOSUB 10500

PRINT 0Y1 : "JTEMPERATURE INJ"

J1 =5

GOSUB 10500

PRINT 0Y1 : "JTEMPERATURE OUTJ"

84
56 7 0 PRINT 0Y1

:

5630 PRINT @Y1 : ", 5690 PRINT Q Y1 : "' 5700 GO TO 5

7 1

0

5710 J1 =3

5

7 20 GOSUb 10500

57 30 PRINT §Y 1 5740 PRINT >JY 1 : ", 5750 PRINT @Y 1 : "j 5

7 o0 PRINT §Y1 : 5770 J 1 = 1 5

7 30 GOSUB 10500

5 7 90 GO TO 6190

5300 REM OUTPUT 1 5310 FOR J1 = 1 TO

5320 GO TO J1 OF

5830 PRINT @Y 1 : ", 5340 PRINT @Y1 : ", 5350 PRINT 0Y1 : ", 5360 PRINT 6Y1 : 5870 J2 = 6 5880 GO TO 6130

5390 PRINT §Y 1 : ", 5900 GO TO 6130

5910 PRINT 3Y1 : ", 5920 PRINT @Y 1 : " 5930 PRINT @Y1 : " 5940 PRINT @Y1 : 5950 GO TO 6130

5960 PRINT 6Y1 : ", 5970 GO TO 6130

5930 PRINT @Y1 : " 5990 GO TO 6130

6000 IF D$ =:"F" Ti 6010 PRINT @Y1 :" 6020 GO TO 6120

6030 PRINT @Y1 : " 6040 GO TO 6120

6050 PRINT §Y 1 : " 6 060 GO TO 6120

6070 PRINT §Y 1 : " 6080 GO TO 6120

6090 PRINT 9Y 1 : " 6100 GO TO 6120

6110 PRINT 9Y1 : " 6120 J2 = 1 1 -• J1

6130 GOSUB 11000

6140 IF F : 11 THEN

6150 PRINT @Y1 : " 6 1 60 GO TO 6180

’ OUT dial setting: " ; Z6

OUT zero reading:";Z4

.ORIHETER RTD"

) dial setting:"

zero reading:";

RUN RESULTS

;Z5

Z9

L&C

10

5830,5890.5910,5960,5930,6000 ,6050,6070,o090,61 10

JMAIN CALORIMETER RTD J"

IRTD dial setting: ";Z5

ITD zero reading: ";Z9

; FLOW OUT J."

’ERATURE OUTJ

OUT dial setting:

OUT zero reading:

" ; Zo

";Z4

FLOW INjI"

INJ"

REFLECTORJ"

TUBE J

MON I TOR J"

MONITOR,!"

TUBE J

6170

DATA"

85
6170

6180

6190

6200

6210

6220

6230

6240

6250

6260

62 7 0

6280

6290

6300

6310

6320

6330

6340

o350

6360

6 3

7 0 6380

6390

6400

6410

6420

6430

6440

6 450

6460

6470

6480

6490

6500

6510

6520

6530

6540

6 550

6560

6570

6580

6590

6600

6610

6620

6630

6640

66 50

6 660

GOSUJ3 10500

NEXT J1

IE M=2 THEN 6270

PRINT "GDO YOU WANT A COPY OF THE RESULTS? (Y OR N)

INPUT

GO TO (R$="Y")+2*(R$="N») OF 6240.6310

GO TO 6200

PRINT @32.26:3

Ms 2

GO TO 5100

CALL "WAIT",

3

COPY

M= 1 PRINT @32,26:0

PRINT "LG DO YOU WANT TO STORE DATA ON TAPE? (Y OR N

)

INPUT R

$

GO TO ( R $ = " Y

" ) +2 * ( R $ = " N

" ) OF 6350,6510

GO TO 6310

PRINT " JWHAT FILE?"

PRINT "JChoioes are files 2 through 11"

INPUT LI FIND @4 : L

1

WRITE @4 : N$ , L$ , 0 1 $ , D$

WRITE @4:T9.B9,U1

IF U1<>6 AND UIOO THEN 6430

WRITE @4 : Z5 , Z6

WRITE @4 : V4

IF L $ = " L " THEN 6430

WRITE @4 : U 1 $

WRITE @4:T0,E1,N9

WRITE §4: VI, II PRINT @4,2:

PRINT " JGData stored in file ";L1;" of CLOP DATA tape.

CALL "WAIT",

2

PRINT

PRINT

PRINT

PRINT

PRINT

PRINT

PRINT

PRINT

PRINT

LRUN NO: COMPLETED."

JINDICATE CHOICE"

J 1. END RUNS"

2. START NEW RUN"

3. READ RUN DATA FILE"

4. PERFORM DATA REDUCTION CALCULATIONS"

5* TRANSFER DATA VIA RS232 INTERFACE"

6. DISPLAY CURRENT DATA"

7. COPY CURRENT DATA TO FILE"

PRINT "JENTER LINE NUMBER "; INPUT R IF R=> 1 AND R< = 7 AND R MOD 1=0 THEN 6650

PRINT " JGWHAT?"

GO TO 6610

GO TO R OF 6880, 6660, 6o70, 6750, 67 7 0, 5100, 6350

RUN

ti

11

86
66 7 0

6 680

6690

o

7 00

6

7 1 0

6

7 20

6

7 30

6

7 40

6 7 50

6

7 60

6 77 0

6

7 80

6 7 90

6800

6810

6820

6830

68*40

6 350

6860

68 7 0 6880

6890

6900

6910

8000

3010

3020

8030

8040

8050

8060

8100

8110

3120

8130

8140

8150

8160

3200

8210

6220

8230

3240

8250

8260

8300

3310

3320

8330

PRI "CA JTION--This will wipe out program and all data from nenory.

PRINT "Do you wish to continue? (Y or N)

INPUT R$

GO TO ( R$ = " Y" )+2 * (R$ = "N " ) OF 6730,6510

PRINT " JGWnAT?"

GO TO 6690

FIND 4 ! READ FILE

OLD

FIND 5 ! PERFORM CALC,

OLD

PRINT "LGROUTINE NEEDS TO BE DEVELOPED TO SUIT PARTICULAR SERIAL " PRINT "TRANSFER_SYSTEM"

GO TO 6500

REM ============

REM SPACE

REM FOR

REM FUTURE

REM RS232

REM ROUTINE

REM HERE

REM ============

REM END RUNS

'./BYTE 056 ,4,1:

PRINT " JGDONE"

END

REM MAX PARAM FOR EXT TUBE

E0= 1 000

V0=100

R0=340

I0$= "2207A"

U1$= "EXTENSION TUBE"

GO TO 8900

REM MAX PARAM FOR OSM

E0= 1 000

V0=5 1 .2

R0 = 7 ,

9

I0$="22A7F"

u1$= "OVERSPILL MONITOR"

GO TO 3900

REM MAX PARAM FOR BSM

EO = 1 000

V0=86 ,4

R0 = 22 ,2

I0$= "22639

U1 $= "BACK SCATTER MONITOR"

GO TO 3900

REM MAX PARAM FOR SEP TUBE

£ 0=1000

V0=100

R0=340

87
3340

8350

8 3o0

3400

8410

8420

8430

8440

8450

8450

3470

8480

3490

8500

3510

8520

8530

3600

8610

3620

8630

3540

3650

3900

8910

8920

8930

8940

8950

8960

8970

8 930

8990

9000

9010

9020

9030

9040

9050

9060

9070

9080

9090

9100

9110

9120

9130

9140

9150

9160

10$ ="2207 A"

U1$=" SEPARATION TUBE"

GO TO 3900

REM MAX PARAM FOR DEFLECTOR

IF D $ = " F " THEN 8480

E0= 1 000

V0 = 26

RO=3»56

1 0$ = "22BAE

U1 $s "DEFLECTOR"

GO TO 3900

E0=1000

VO = 78 .9

R0 = 25 »

5

I0$="224F2"

U 1 $= "FOIL REFLECTOR"

GO TO 3900

REM MAX PARAM FOR MAIN CAL

E0= 1 5000

V0=100

R0= 1 2 »7

I0$="22C93"

U 1 $= "MAIN CALORIMETER"

PRINT "LHOW MANY JOULES ARE TO BE INJECTED? "; INPUT El

IF E 1 <=E0 THEN 8960

PRINT " JGTOO MUCH ENERGY! TRY ";E0;" JOULES OR LESS."

CALL "WAIT",

2

GO TO 6900

T0 = 5 V3=SQR(E1*R0/T0)

IF V3<=V0 THEN 9030

T0= 1+INT(E1*R0/V0~2)

V3=SQR(E1*R0/T0)

PRINT " JJGIN JECTION TIME LENGTHENED TO " ; TO ; " SECONDS."

CALL "WAIT",

2

REM GET KEPCO COMMAND

IF V3>10 THEN 9080

K1 =409*6

D2 = 2 GO TO 9100

K1 =40.96

D2 = 0

D2$=STR(D2)

D2$=TRIM(D2$)

K9=INT(K1*V3)

REM CONVERT K9 TO RADIX 16

V9=INT(K9/ 1 6

)

D 5 = K 9 MOD 16

D3=INT(V9/16)

88
9

1

7 0 D4=V9 MOD 16 9160 D0$=3TH(D5)

9190 IF D5< 1 0 THEN 9210

9200 GOSUB 9400

9210 D5$=TRIM(D0$)

9220 D0$=STR(D4)

9230 IF D4< 1 0 THEN 9250

9240 GOSUB 9400

9250 D4$=TRIM(D0$

)

9260 D0$=3TR(D3)

92 7 0 IF D3< 10 THEN 9290

9280 GOSUB 9400

9290 D3$=TRIM(D0$)

9300 V1$="1"&D2$&D3$&D4$&D5$

9310 RETURN

9400 REM CONVERT LARGE HEX DIGITS

9410 GO TO VAL(D0$)-9 OF 9420,9440,9460,9430,9500,9520

9420 D0$ = " A

" 9430 RETURN

9440 D0$= "B"

9450 RETURN

9460 D0$="C"

94 7 0 RETURN

9480 D0$="D"

9490 RETURN

9500 D0$="E"

9510 RETURN

9520 DO$="F"

9530 RETURN

9600 REM TURN ON GAS

9610 PRINT §9 : G 1 $

9620 RETURN

9700 REM TURN OFF GAS

9710 PRINT d9: "3"

9720 RETURN

9300 REM MASS IN VOLTS

9810 PRINT £9 : "03"

9820 RETURN

9900 REM TEMP IN VOLTS

9910 PRINT @9 : "04

9920 RETURN

10000 REM PAUSE ROUTINE

10010 PRINT "GJPush UDK#4 to continue"

10020 F3=0

10030 REM IDLING LOOP

10040 IF F8= 1 THEN 10060

10050 GO TO 10030

10060 F8=0

10070 RETURN

10100 REM CHG GAS CYLINDER ROUTINE

89
101 10 05$ =G 1 $

10120 01$ =02$

10130 PRINT 0 9

: " 3

, " ; G 1 $

10140 G2$=G3$

10150 G 3 $ = G 4

$

10160 G4$=G5$

10170 RETURN

10300 POLL C.D; 19

10310 GO TO C OF 10320

10320 RETURN

10500 REM PRINT OUT SENSOR DATA

10510 IMAGE 3D.2X,4(+2D.4D.7X)

10520 FOR K= 1 TO 1 7 6 STEP 4 10530 PRINT 0Y1: USING 105 1 0 : K . V4 (K . J1 ) , V4 (K+1 , J 1 ) , V4 (K+2 , J 1 ) . V4 (K+3 , J 1

)

10540 NEXT K 10550 RETURN

11000 REM MISSING MODULE DETECTION ROUTINE

11010 F=0

11020 J2$=STR(J2)

1 1030 J2$=TRIM(J2$)

11040 FOR L= 1 TO 6

1 1050 02$ =SEG ( 0 1 $ , L , 1 ) 11060 IF 02$<> J2$ THEN 11080

1 1070 F =

1

11030 NEXT L 11090 RETURN

12000 REM ROUTINE TO KEEP SCREEN FROM ERASING

12010 PRINT "JPush UDK#4 to continue."

12020 F8=0

12030 K=0

12040 DO

12050 K=K+1

12060 CALL "WAIT",

1

12070 IF K MOD 150000 THEN 12090

12080 PRINT "1"

12090 EXIT IF F8=

1

12100 LOOP

12110 F6=0

12120 RETURN

90
Variable Map

Proyram: CLUP Date:

tty - barometric pressure in mm of Hg

C - polling variable indicating unit activating SRQ

C$ - scanner channel command for switching sensor channels

U - polliny variable indicating SR(J message

U2 - number indicating power supply voltage range

L>3 - first hexadec. digit (MSD) of voltage part of power supply command

D4 - second hexadec. digit of voltage part of power supply command

Db - third hexadec. digit (LSD) of voltage part of power supply command

U$ - deflector-type descriptor (F = foil reflector, D = mirror deflector)

U2$ - second digit in power supply command (string version of D2)

U3$ - third digit in power supply command (string version of D3)

U4$ - fourth digit in power supply command (string version of D4)

Ub$ - fifth digit in power supply command (string version of D5)

U0$ - temporary string variable for converting hexadec. digits to striny variables

£1 - nominal electrical energy input

£U - maximum allowable electrical energy

F - flay to look for unit missing from calorimeter configuration

F2 - flag to lock out UDK #2U

F3 - flay to lock out UDKs #1, #2, #11, #12, and #13

F8 - flag to leave indefinite wait subroutine

G9 - method of yas supply (1 = low press, manifold, 2 = high press, manifold)

Dl$ - electrical valve channel for primary gas cylinder (LP and HP supply)

G2$ - electrical valve channel for #1 back-up gas cylinder (LP supply)

G3$ - electrical valve channel for #2 back-up gas cylinder (LP supply)

G4$ - electrical valve channel for #3 back-up gas cylinder (LP supply)

Gb$ - temporary string variable for changing order of gas cylinders in LP supply

G0$ - temporary string variable for setting up gas flow valve priorities

HI - array for acquiring by summing sensor output data packets

HU - measured sensor output voltage to be summed to HI

I - counter

II - array containing electrical calibration current readings

10$ - current limit command to calibration power supply

J - counter

J1 - index indicating sensor data being handled

J2 - index indicating unit being searched for missiny module routine

J2$ - string version of J2

K - counter

K1 - sealiny constant for calculating power supply command

K9 - decimal equivalent of hexadecimal voltage part of power supply command

L - counter

LI - no. of file in which data is to be stored

L$ - run type (L = laser, C = combination, E = electrical)

M - results output-type descriptor (1 = display, 2 = hardcopy)

M5$ - deflector-type name display message during monitor period

M9$ - error message in gas set-up routine

N - line number of second column of VI - II data

N8 - number of lines of VI and II readings to be displayed

N9 - number of VI (and II) readings

N$ - run number

01$ - calorimeter configuration description

P - index of third column of VI - II data being displayed

84U21U

91
K - numeric answer to questions

K|0 - resistance of calibration heater

R5» - alpha answer to questions

T1 - temperature in readiny desired while yas is flowiny

Ty - ambient temperature in deyrees C T0 - electrical eneryy injection period duration in seconds

U1 - numeric indicator of unit receiviny electrical eneryy

U$ - temporary striny variable for buildiny Ul$

UU - name of unit to be calibrated

112$ - one letter descriptor of unit receiviny eneryy (laser or electrical)

V - array for storing sensor output readinys duriny monitor period

VI - array containiny electrical calibration voltaye readinys

V 3 - required voltaye settiny of electrical calibration power supply

V4 - matrix for storing all data pockets acquired through HI V9 - quotient derived during hexadecimal conversion

V0 - maximum allowable electrical calibration voltage

V 1$ - voltage command to calibration power supply

Y1 - address of device outputting results

Yl$ - column heading title for printing out VI - II data

Z1 - mass flow in zero reading

Z2 - mass flow out zero reading

Z3 - temperature in zero readiny

Z4 - temperature out zero readiny

Zb - main calorimeter RTL) dial settiny

Zb - temperature out dial setting

Z9 - main calorimeter zero reading

Z0 - chanye in mass flow in readiny when yas is turned on

92
83. CHANNEL MUNITUR (FILE 3)

Proyram Listiny

1 INIT

2 SET KEY

3 GO TO 100

A REM READ MAIM CAL RTD

5 PRINT 09: "00"

6 PRINT " LJJJJ MAIM CAL RTD READINGS ON DVM"

7 RETURN

<3 REM READ MASS FLOW OUT

9 PRINT 09: "01"

10 PRINT "L JJJJ HASS FLOW OUT READINGS ON DVM"

1 1 RETURN

12 REM READ TEMP OUT

13 PRINT 09: "02"

14 PRINT "LJJjJJ TEMPERATURE OUT READINGS ON DVM"

15 RETURN

16 REM READ MASS FLOW IN

1 7 PRINT 09: "03"

16 PRINT "LJJJJHASS FLOW IN READINGS ON DVM"

19 RETURN

20 REM READ TEMP IN

21 PRINT 09: "04"

22 PRINT " LJJJJTEMPERATURE IN READINGS ON DVM"

23 RETURN

24 REM READ DEFLECTOR

25 PRINT 09: "05"

26 PRINT " LJJJJ DEFL ECTOR READINGS ON DVM"

27 RETURN

28 REM READ SEP TUBE

29 PRINT 09: "06"

30 PRINT " LJJJJ SEPA RATION TUBE READINGS ON DVM"

31 RETURN

32 REM READ BSM

33 PRINT 09: "07"

34 PRINT " LJJJ

J

BACKSCATTER MONITOR READINGS ON DVM"

35 RETURN

36 REM READ OSM

37 PRINT 0 9

: " 0 8

33 PRINT " LJJJ J OVER SPILL MONITOR READINGS ON DVM"

39 RETURN

40 REM READ EXT TUBE

41 PRINT 09 : "09"

42 PRINT " L J J J

J

EXTENSION TUBE READINGS ON DVM"

43 RETURN

44 REM GAS VALVE #1

45 PRINT 09: "34"

46 RETURN

48 REM GAS VALVE #2

49 PRINT 09: "35"

50 RETURN

52 REM GAS VALVE ,73

93
53 PRINT @9: "36"

54 RETURN

56 REM GAS VALVE #4

57 PRINT 09: "3 7 " 56 RETURN

60 REM GASS OFE

61 PRINT 99: "3"

62 RETURN

64 REM OPEN MAIN CAL SHUTTER

65 PRINT @9: "30"

66 PRINT 09: "3"

67 RETURN

68 REM CLOSE MAIN CAL SHUTTER

69 PRINT 09: "31"

7 0 PRINT 99: "3"

7 1 RETURN

7 2 REM OPEN BSH/OSM SHUTTER

7

3 PRINT 09 : "32"

74 PRINT 09: "3"

7 5 RETURN

76 REM CLOSE BSM/OSM SHUTTER

7

7 PRINT 09: "33"

78 PRINT 09: "3"

79 RETURN

80 REM READ POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGES

31 PRINT 09: "14"

82 PRINT "LJJ JJPOWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE READINGS ON DVM « USE PANEL SWITCH."

83 RETURN

100 REM **** PROGRAM CHANNEL MONITOR ********** DATE-TIME 830207 0 13:40

1 10 REM

120 REM TAPE CLOP *>* #***#* #***&&*• EJLE 3 130 PRINT "LPUSH APPROPRIATE UDK TO GET DESIRED CHANNEL."

140 REM

150 PRINT "2"

160 GO TO 140

1 7 0 END

Variable Map, no variables used

94
R4. KtAU KUN DATA FILES (FILE 4)

Program Listiny

1 L) J

1 10

1 20

1 30

140

150

1 uO

1 7 0

1 SO

190

200

2 10

220

230

240

250

2 50

2

7 0

230

290

300

310

320

330

340

350

360

3 7 0

3bO

390

400

4 10

420

430

440

4 50

460

4 7 0

4o0

490

500

510

520

530

540

550

560

5

7 0

500

590

REM ******* PROG READ RUN DATA FILES ****** DATE-TIME 0^0209 'J Co: 15

REli

HEil * * « & k k it * * x *r-ir/fAiC "xAPE CLUP PILiu 4

* * ^ * x * **' ^ •*' * ** IN IT

ON SRQ THEN 3000

DIM D$ (1) ,L$(1) ,N$(9) ,01$ (6) ,02$(1 ) ,R$( 1 ) ,U 1$( 19) ,U2$(1

)

DIM V0(1 7 6, 10) ,V1(55) ,11(55)

PRINT "LG WHAT FILE DO YOU WISH TO ACCESS?"

PRINT "JChoices are files 2 through 1 1 J"

INPUT LI L 1 =Ii!T ( LI)

IF LI <2 OR L 1 > 1 1 THEM 1 7 0 FIND 04 : L

1

PRINT "JFile contents being loaded into nemorv."

READ 04 : N$ , L$ , 0 1 $ , D$ , T9 , B9 , U

1

IF UIOO AND J 1 <>6 THEN 2

7 0

READ 04 : Z5 , Zo

READ i?4 : VO

IF L$= "L" THEN 300

READ 0 4 : U 1 $ , T 0 , E 1

, N 9 , V 1 ,11

M=1

PRINT "Lrile ";L1

PRINT "JRun No: ";N$

PRINT "JRun Type: ";L$

PRINT " JCalorineter Configuration: ";01$

PRINT "Room Temperature: ";T9;" deg C"

PRINT "Barometric Pressure: " ;B9;" mm Hg"

IF L$="L" THEN 950

PRINT "Nominal Energy: " ;E1;" J"

Y 1$ = "N0 VOLTS AMPS"

PRINT "JELEC DATAJ"

PRINT USING "3(24A)":Y1$,Y1$,Y1$

IMAGE 3 ( 2D , 2X , +2D . 3D , 2X , +2D . 3D , 4X

)

IMAGE 2 (2D ,2X , +2D . 3D , 2X , +2D . 3D , 4X

)

IMAGE 2D , 2X , +2D . 3D , 2X , +2D . 3D

PRINT

N3=INT(N9/3)

IF N9 HOD 3=0 THEN 490

N8=n3+1

FOR 1=1 TO N8

N=I+N6

? = I + 2 * N o IF N9 MOD 3<>0 THEN 550

PRINT USING 420 : 1 , V 1 ( I ), 1 1 ( I ), N , V 1 ( N ), 1 1 ( N )

, P , V 1 ( P )

, 1 1 ( P

)

GO TO 650

IF N9 MOD 3=2 THEN blO

IF I =N6 THEN 590

PRINT USING 420:1, V 1(1), 11(1 ),N,V1(ii), 11(H), P-1, V1(p-1),I1(p-11

GO TO b50

PRINT USING 440: I, VI (I) ,11 (I)

95
uGO GO TO 650

6 10 IF I=N8 THEN 640

6 20 PRINT USING 420 : 1 , V 1 ( I ) , 1 1 ( I ) , N , V 1 ( II) , 1 1 ( IJ ) , 2 , V 1 ( P 1 , 1 1 ( P ) 630 GO TO 650

640 PRINT USING 4 30 : 1 , V 1 ( I )

, 1 1 ( I ), W , V 1 ( N) , 1 1 ( N

)

650 NEXT I 660 GIN X,Y

670 HOVE 0,0

680 PRINT

090 IF L$="C" THEN 990

7 00 PRINT U 1 $

; " OUTPUT"

7 10 IMAGE 3D,2X,4(+2D.4D,7X)

7 20 U20 = SEG ( U 1 $ , 1

, 1

)

7 30 IMAGE /,20A,40T, "Dial Setting: ",4D,/

7 40 IF U 2 $ = " M " THEN 790

7 50 J1 = (U2$ = D$)+2‘i4 (U2$ = "3") + 3*(U2$ = "B")+4*(U2$ = "0")+5*(U2$ = "E")+5

760 PRINT

7

7 0 GOSUB 2500

7 80 GO TO 1310

7 90 PRINT " J.MASS FLOW INJ"

6 00 J1 =4

610 GOSUB 2500

S20 PRINT "JMA5S FLOW OUTJ"

830 J1 =2

84 0 GOSUB 2500

850 PRINT " JTEMPERATURE INJ"

860 J1 =5

8 7 0 GOSUB 2500

680 PRINT USING 7 30: "TEMPERATURE OUT" , Z6

890 J1 =3

900 GOSUB 2500

910 PRINT USING 7 30: "CALORIMETER RTD" ,Z5

920 J1 = 1 930 GOSUB 2500

940 GO TO 1310

950 REIi OUTPUT L&C RUNS

9 GO IF M= 1 THEN 980

9 7 0 COPY

980 PAGE

990 FOR J 1 = 1 TO 10

1000 GO TO J1 OF 1010,1040,1060,1080,1100,1120,1170,1190,1210,1230

1010 PRINT USING 730: "MAIN CALORIMETER RTD",Z5

1020 J2=6

1030 GO TO 1250

1040 PRINT "J1IAS3 FLOG’ OUTJ"

1050 GO TO 1250

1060 PRINT USING 730 : "TEMPERATURE OUT",Z6

1070 GO TO 1250

1080 PRINT " JHAS5 FLOW INJ"

1090 GO TO 1250

96
1 100

1110

1 120

1 130

1 140

1 150

1 150

1 1 7 0

1 160

1 190

1200

1210

1 220

1230

1 240

1250

1260

1 270

1 2o0

1290

1 300

1310

1 320

1330

1 3^0

1350

1360

1 3 7 0

1 3 6 C 1390

1 400

1410

1420

1 430

1440

1 450

1 460

1 4 7 0

1 480

1 490

1500

1510

2000

2010

2020

2030

2040

2050

2060

2 O

7 0

PRINT "^TEMPERATURE INJ"

GO TO 1250

IF D$ = "r" THEN 1150

PRINT "JDEFLECTOR J"

GO TO 1240

PRINT "JFOIL REFLECTOR J"

GO TO 1240

PRINT "JSSPARATION TUBE J

GO TO 1240

PRINT " JBACKSCATTER MONITORJ"

GO TO 1240

PRINT "JOVERSPILL MONITORJ"

GO TO 1240

PRINT "JEXXENSION TUBE J

J2= 1 1-J1

GOSUB 2000 ! MISSING MODULE DETECT

IF F = 1 THEN 1290

PRINT "NULL DATA"

GO TO 1300

GOSUB 2500

NEXT J1

IF M = 2 THEN 1390

PRINT "JGDO YOU WANT A COPY OF THE DATA? (Y or N)

INPUT R$

GO TO (R$="Y")+2*(R$="N") OF 1360,1430

GO TO 1320

PRINT £32,26:3

M = 2

GO TO 310

CALL "WAIT",

3

COPY

M=1

PRINT £32,26:0

REM GRAPH OF SENSOR OUTPUT

PRINT "DO YOU WISH TO PRINT A GRAPH OF ANY SENSOR'S OUTPUT

PRINT "Y OR N

INPUT

IF B$="N" THEN 1500

IF B5="Y" THEN 1490

GOSUB 4000

PRINT "JR} PROGRAM FINISHED. RE-RUN TO ACCESS MORE FILES."

END

REM HISSING MODULE DETECTION ROUTINE

F=0

J2$=STR(J2)

J2$=TRIM(J2$)

FOR L = 1 TO 6 023 =SEG ( 0 1 $ , L , 1 ) IF 023OJ23 THEN 20U0

F= 1

O II

97
2030

2090

2500

2 510

2520

2530

2 540

2550

3000

3010

3020

3030

3040

3050

3060

30 7 0 3030

3090

3100

4000

4005

40 10

4020

4030

4040

4050

4060

4070

4030

4090

4 100

4 110

4 1 20

4130

4 140

4 150

4 160

4 170

4 130

4 190

4200

4210

4220

4230

4240

4242

4244

4250

4260

4 2

7 0

NEXT L RETURN

REM PRINT OUT SENSOR DATA

IiiAGE 3D,2X,4(+2D.4D, 7 X)

EOR K=1 TO 176 STEP 4 PRINT USING 251 0:K, V0(K, J1 ) ,V0(K+1 , J1 ) ,V0(K+2,J1 ) ,VG(K+3,J1

)

NEXT K RETURN

POLL X , Y ;

4

INPUT U4 , 30 :

Z

IE Z<>7 THEM 3070

PRINT "JONG CARTRIDGE INSERTED IN 4924."

PRINT "JPRES5 <return> WHEN READY"

INPUT Z$

RUN

PRINT " JGERROR MESSAGE ";Z;" EROM 4924. SEE PAGE 2-2o OF INSTRUCT";

PRINT "ION BOOK."

STOP

RETURN

REM GRAPH OF SENSOR OUTPUT

PAGE

PRINT " 1 "

, "MAIN CALORIMETER RTD"

PRINT " 2", "MASS FLOW OUT THERMISTOR"

PRINT " 3", "TEMPERATURE OUT THERMISTOR"

PRINT » 4", "MASS FLOW IN THERMISTOR"

PRINT " 5", "TEMPERATURE IN THERMISTOR"

PRINT " 6", "DEFLECTOR RTD"

PRINT " 7" , "SEPARATION TUBE RTD"

PRINT " 3" , "BACKSCATTER MONITOR RTD"

PRINT " 9" , "OVERSPILL MONITOR RTD"

PRINT "10", "EXTENSION TUBE RTD"

PRINT

PRINT

PRINT "TYPE IN THE INDEX OF THE SENSOR'S OUTPUT THAT YOU"

PRINT "WISH TO GRAPH AND PRESS RETURN."

INPUT J1

DIM A (

1

7 6

)

FOR K= 1 TO 1 7

o

A(K)=V0(K, J1 ) NEXT K REM GRAPH OF SENSOR OUTPUT

PAGE

VIEWPORT 10,125,10,60

WINDOW 0,1 7 5,-14,14

AXIS 10,1

AXIS 0,0,175,14

AXIS 10,0,0,-14

MOVE 0 , A ( 1

)

FOR 1=0 TO 1 7 5 DRAW I , A ( 1+ 1

)

98
42o0

4290

4300

4320

4 330

4 340

4350

4360

4370

43o0

4390

4400

44 10

4420

4430

4440

4450

4460

4470

4460

5000

5010

5020

5030

5040

5050

5060

5070

5060

5090

5 100

5 110

5120

5 130

5 140

5150

5 160

5 1 7 0

5180

5 190

5200

5210

5220

5230

5240

5250

52o0

5270

5280

5290

NEXT I HOVE 86,-14

PRINT 11 J J11HHH1111H " : "READINGS.

FOR I = - 1 4 TO 14

HOVE -10,1

PRINT I NEXT I FOR 1=1 TO 17

HOVE 10*1,-14

PRINT " J" ;

I

NEXT I Vy=" VOLTS"

HOVE -15,0

FOR 1=1 TO LEN (V$)/2

PRINT "K";

NEXT I FOR 1=1 TO LEN ( V$

)

W$=SEG ( V$ , I ,

1

) PRINT W$

;

" JH" ; NEXT I IF JIOI THEN 5030

A$="MAIN CALORIMETER RTD"

GO TO 6000

IF J 1 02 THEN 5060

A$ = "MASS FLOW OUT"

GO TO 6000

IF J1<>3 THEN 5090

A$= "TEMPERATURE OUT"

GO TO 6000

IF J 1 < >4 THEN 5120

A$ = "MASS FLOW IN"

GO TO 6000

IF J1<>5 THEN 5150

A$=" TEMPERATURE IN"

GO TO 6000

IF J1<>6 THEN 5160

A$= "DEFLECTOR"

GO TO 6000

IF J 1 07 THEN 5210

A$=" SEPARATION TUBE"

GO TO 6000

IF J 1 < > 3 THEN 5240

A$= "BACK SCATTER MONITOR"

GO TO 6000

IF J1<>9 THEN 52 7 0 A$= "OVERSPI LL MONITOR"

GO TO 6000

IF J1O10 THEN 5300

A$= "EXTENSION TUBE"

GO TO 6000

MINUTES"

99
5300

5310

5315

5 320

5321

5325

5330

5340

5350

5360

5 3 7 0 5360

5390

6000

6010

6020

6025

6030

6040

MOVE d d , 1 4 PRINT " lTHHHiiH 11 : HO

FOR 1=1 TO 32

PRINT

NEXT I PAGE

PRINT " JDO YOU WANT TO MAKE A GRAPH OF ANY OTHER SENSOR? Y OR N

INPUT C$

IF C$ = " Y " THEN 4000

IF C $ = " N " THEN 5390

PRINT " JGWHAT?"

GO TO 5340

RETURN

MOVE do, 14

FOR 1=1 TO LEN ( A$ ) / 2 PRINT "H";

NEXT I PRINT "XK";A$

GO T'0 5300

100
Variable Map

Proyram: KEAU KUN OATA FILES Oate: 84U2U9

AA$ - array containing sensor output values to be graphed

name of sensor output being graphed-graph label

B9 - 6$ - barometric pressure in mm of Hg answer to graphing question

C$ - answer to "graph again" question

U$ - deflector-type descriptor (0 = mirror deflector, F = foil reflector)

El - nominal electrical energy injected

F flag in missiny module routine (0 = missiny, 1 = present)

III - counter

array containing electrical calibration current readinys

dl - J2 - J2$ -

column index in V0 indicating particular sensor

numeric indicator of module

string equivalent of J2 for comparing in missiny module routine

K counter

L

- LI - L$ -

counter

number of data storage file to be read

run type (L = laser, C = combination, E = electrical)

M results output-type descriptor (1 = display, 2 = hardcopy)

N - N8 - N9 - N$ -line number of second column of VI - 11 data

number of lines of VI and 11 readings to be displayed

number of VI (and 11) data points

run numbers

01$ - U2$ - calorimeter configuration description

segment of Ul$ in missing module routine

P - index of third column of VI - 11 data being displayed

K$ - alpha answer to questions

T9 - T0 - ambient temperature in degrees C duration of injection period in seconds

U1 - Ul$ - U2$ -number of module receiving energy (laser or electrical)

name of module receiving electrical eneryy

one letter descriptor of unit receiving electrical eneryy

VI - V0 - V$ -array containing electrical calibration voltaye readinys

matrix (176 x 1U) containing output values for all sensors

yraph ordinate label

w$ - segment of V$ for printiny ordinate label vertically

X - GIN variable in routine to create PAGE FULL

Y - Yl$ - GIN variable in routine to create PAGE FULL column heading title for printing out VI - 11 data, also POLLing variable

Z - Z5 - 16 -error message number from tape deck

main calorimeter RTD dial setting

temperature out dial setting

101
Bb. CALCULATt RESULTS (KILE b) Proyram Listiny

1 TWIT

2 SET KEY

3 GO TO 100

16 REM CONTINUE AFTER INDEFINTE PAUSE

1 7 F8=

1

18 RETURN

100 REM ***** PROGRAI1 CALCULATE RESULTS ******* DATE-TIME 84021b 0 13:30

1 10 REM

120 REM ***** TAPE CLOP PROGRAMS ***** FILE 5 **************************

130 ON SRQ THEN 5000

140 DIM D$(1 ) ,G$(19) ,L$(1

)

,M$( 1 9 ) ,N$ (9) .01$(6) ,R$( 1 ) , U 1 $ ( 1 9 ), U2$ ( 1

)

1 50 DIM FI ( 10) ,11 (55) ,K0(10) ,V( 176, 10) ,V1 (55) ,Y0(3, 10) ,Y1 (3,10) ,Y2(3,10)

160 PRINT "LWHAT FILE DO YOU WISH TO ACCESS?"

170 PRINT "JChoices are files 2 through 11."

180 INPUT LI 190 IF LI <2 OR L 1 > 1 1 THEN 160

200 L 1 = I N T ( L 1

1

210 FIND Q4 : L 1 220 READ §4:N$,L$,01$,D$ ,T9,B9,U1

230 IF UIOO AND U 1 < >6 THEN 250

240 READ 04:Z5,Z6

250 READ @4:V

260 IF L$= "L" THEN 280

270 READ 04 : U 1 $ , T 0 , E 1, N 5 , V 1 ,11

280 PRINT "LGContents of file " ; L 1

; " are in memory."

290 PRINT "JRun No: ";N$

300 PRINT "JRun Type: ";L$

310 PRINT "JCalor. Config: ";01$

320 IF L$="C" OR L$="L" THEN 1920

3 30 U2$ = SEG ( U 1 $ , 1,1)

340 IF U2$<>"M" THEN 3 7 0

350 W1=1

360 N2=5

370 IF U2$<> "E" THEN 410

380 N 1 = 1

0

390 N 2 = 1

0

400 L 2=22

410 IF U 2 $ <

> " 0 " THEN 450

420 HI =9

430 N2=9

440 L2 = 2

1

450 IF U 2 $ <

>

" B " THEN 490

4 60 N 1 =8

4 7 0 N 2 = 8 480 L2 = 20

490 IF U2$<> "S" THEN 530

500 N 1 =7

510 N2=7

520 L2= 19

530 IF U2$<>"0" THEN 570

102
540 N 1 =6

550 N2 = 6

560 L2= 16

5

7 0 IF U 2 0 <

>

" F " THEN 610

560 N 1 = 6 590 N2=6

600 L2= 17

610 il$ = U1$

620 GOSUB 4000

630 GOSUB 4500

640 REM GET CAL FACTOR

650 ON SIZE THEN 6000

660 T2 = 1 ! ASSUME TEMP BEFORE SHUTTER OPENS=TEMP AFTER SHUTTER

6 70 FOR I = N 1 TO N2

660 K0(I)=(Y0(3,I)-Y0(1 , I )-Y1 (

1

, I

) *T2*SQR ( 1 2 ) ) / JO

690 NEXT I

7 00 REM OUTPUT RESULTS

710 M=

1

720

730

740

7 50

7 oO

770

760

790

800

810

620

830

840

850

860

370

880

890

900

910

920

930

940

950

960

9

7 0

980

990

Y9 = 32

PAGE

PRINT @Y9 : "Run No:

PRINT §Y9:"JRun Type:

PRINT L

J Y9 : "Unit Calib

U 1 $ = T R I M ( U 1 $ ) FOR 1=1 TO LEN (U1 $

)

PRINT §Y9:"H";

NEXT I PRINT GY9 : U1

$

3Y9: USING

•3Y9 : USING

" ; N $

" ; L$

H

.

PRINT

PRINT

PRINT

PRINT

PRINT

@Y9: USING

Q Y9: USING

@Y9: USING

IF U 2 $ <

>

" M " THEN

PRINT @Y9: USING

PRINT @Y9 : USING

IF M=2 THEN 930

GOSUB 6500

GO TO 940

COPY

IMAGE 20A,24T,+4E

FOR I =N 1 TO N2

IF lOI THEN 990

M$="RTD"

GO TO 1100

IF 102 THEN 1020

"30A,6A": "Calor. Con fig: ",01$

"31A,-2D.D,6A": "Roon Temp:", T9," deg C"

" 3 1 A , 3D . D

,

6 A "

: "Baron . Press:", B9," ran Hg"

"3 1 A , 5D , 2A" : "Elec * Energy", JO," J"

"34A, 2D, 5A": "Inject, Time:", TO," secJ"

900

"32A,4D":"RTD dial setting:", Z5

"32A , 4D" : "TEMP OUT dial setting: ",Z6

1000 M$= "MASS FLOW OUT"

1010 GO TO 1100

1020 IF 103 THEN 1050

1030 M$= "TEMPERATURE OUT"

CLOS

103
1040

1050

1060

1 070

1030

1 090

1 100

1110

1 120

1 130

1 140

1 150

1 160

1 170

1 130

1 190

1 200

1210

1220

1230

1 240

1250

1 260

1270

1230

1 290

1 300

1310

1320

1330

1 340

1350

1360

1370

1 330

1390

1400

1410

1420

1430

1440

1 450

1460

1 470

1430

1 490

1 500

1510

1520

1 530

00 TO 1100

If 104 THEN 1 0oO

110 = "MASS FLOW IN”

GO TO 1100

IF I<>5 THEN 1100

M$= "TEMPERATURE IN"

PAGE

PRINT 0Y9 : "Run No: ";N$

PRINT GY9:"J";M$

PRINT GY 9:

PRINT @Y9 : " J.ZERO RATING PERIODJ"

PRINT §Y9: USING 940:"0th MOMENT : " , YO ( 1

, I

)

PRINT GY9: USING 940: "1st MOMENT Y 1 (

1

, 1

)

Print 0Y9: USING 940:"2nd MOMENT Y2 (

1

, I

)

PRINT 0Y9 : "^TRANSITION PERIODJ"

PRINT GY9: USING 940:"0th MOMENT : " , YO ( 3 , I

)

PRINT 0 Y9: USING 940: "1st MOMENTS" ,Y1 (3 ,1)

PRINT 0Y9: USING 940: "2nd MOMENTS : "

, Y2 ( 3 , I)

IF 1=2 OR 1=4 OR 1=5 THEN 1250

PRINT §Y9: USING 940 : "^CALIBRATION FACTOR KO ( I

)

GO TO 1260

PRINT GY9: USING 940 : " JSTABILITY FACTOR : " , KO ( I ) * JO

PRINT GY9 : " JFINAL RATING PERIODJ"

PRINT 0Y9: USING 940:"0th MOMENT : " , YO ( 2 , I

)

PRINT 0Y9: USING 940: "1st MOMENT: " , Y1 (2 , 1

)

PRINT 0Y9: USING 940:"2nd MOMENT : "

, Y2 (2 , I

)

IF 11 = 2 THEN 1330

GOSUB 6500

GO TO 1350

CALL "WAIT",

2

COPY

NEXT I IF M=2 THEN 1430

PRINT "ODO YOU WANT A COPY OF THE RESULTS? (Y OR N)

INPUT R$

GO TO (R$="Y")+2*(R$="N") OF 1410,1440

GO TO 1370

M = 2 GO TO 720

M= 1 PRINT "LGDO YOU WANT TO STORE IN SUMMARY FILE? (Y OR N) " INPUT R$

GO TO ( R$= " Y" ) +2* ( R$= "N" ) OF 1430,3100

GO TO 1440

FOR I = N 1 TO N2

IF IOI THEN 1520

L2 = 1

2

GO TO 1630

IF 102 THEN 1550

L2= 1 3

104
1540 GO TO 1630

1550 IF I<>3 THEN 1560

1560 L2= 1

4

1570 GO TO 1630

1580 IF 10 4 THEN 1610

1590 L2= 1

5

1600 GO TO 1630

1610 IF 105 THEN 1 6 30

1 020 L2 = 1

6

1630 J=0

1640 FIND 54 : L2

1650 INPUT 54 , 6 : Q 1 ,Q2

1660 GO TO Q 1 OF 1770,1690,1720,1740

1

6

7 0 PRINT "GJNEW FILE"

1680 GO TO 1310

1690 PRINT "GJASCII file! It should be binary. File no. is ";L2

1'7 00 PRINT "Fix problem. Then type RUN 1430" !FIX LINE// AFTER RENUMBER

1710 STOP

1720 READ 54 :

G

1730 GO TO 1650

1740 READ 54 :G$

1750 J= J+0 .

5

1760 GO TO 1650

1 77 0 IF J<55 THEN 1810

1780 PRINT "GJFile is full. Take appropriate action."

1790 GOSUB 6500

1300 GO TO 1440

1310 WRITE 54:11$ ,01$, T9 ,B9

1820 IF IOI THEN 1840

1830 WRITE §4 : Z5

1840 IF I<>3 THEN I8b0

1850 WRITE 54 : Z6

1860 WRITE §4: JO,KO(I) ,Y0(1 ,1) ,Y0(2,I) ,Y0(3,I) ,Y1 ( 1 ,1) ,Y1 (2,1) , Y1 (3,1)

1870 WRITE §4 : Y2 ( 1 ,1) , Y2 (2 , 1 )

, Y2 ( 3 » I

)

1360 PRINT 54,2:

1890 PRINT "GJ" ; J+1 ; " lines stored in file ";L2

1900 NEXT I 1910 GO TO 3100

1920 REM DO L&C RUNS

1930 FOR J 1 = 1 TO 10

1940 J2= 1 1— J1

1950 IF J2<5 THEN 1

9

7 0

I960 J2=6

1970 GOSUB 5500

1980 IF F1(J1)=0 THEN 2030 ! MISSING MODULE TEST

1 990 N 1 = J

1

2000 N 2 = J

1

2010 GOSUB 4000

2020 GO TO 2040

2030 GOSUB 5700

105
2040

2050

2060

2070

2 OciO

2090

2100

2 110

2120

2130

2140

2150

2 160

2 170

2 180

2 190

2200

2210

2220

2230

2240

2250

2260

2270

2280

2290

2300

2310

2320

2330

2340

2350

2360

23 7 0 2380

2390

2400

2410

2420

2430

2440

2450

2460

2470

2480

2490

2500

2510

2520

2530

NEXT J1 REM CALC. ELEC ENERGY OF C RUNS

E2 = 0

IF L$<>"C" THEN 2100

G03UB 4500

E2 = JO

REM OUTPUT

M=1

Y 9 = 3 2 PAGE

PRINT 0Y9:

PRINT GY9:

PRINT GY9:

PRINT Q Y9:

PRINT §Y9

:

PRINT §Y9:

PRINT GY 9

:

IF L$="L"

PRINT @ Y9:

PRINT §Y9:

FOR 1=1 TO

GO TO I OF

PRINT GY

9

: GO TO 2480

PRINT GY9:

GO TO 2480

PRINT @Y9:

GO TO 2480

PRINT §Y9:

GO TO 2480

PRINT <?Y9: GO TO 2480

IF D$= "F"

PRINT §Y9:

GO TO 2480

PRINT @Y9:

GO TO 2480

PRINT @Y9:

GO TO 2430

PRINT G Y9:

GO TO 2480

PRINT GY 9

:

GO TO 2480

PRINT 0Y9:

IF F 1 ( I ) =

1

PRINT GY 9:

GO TO 2 7 10

PRINT GY9:

PRINT GY9:

PRINT @Y9:

RESULTS

"Run No: ";N$

"JRun Type: ";L$

" JCalorimeter Configuration: ";01$

"Room Temperature: ";T9;"deg C"

"Barometric Pressure: ";B9;" mm HgJ"

"JRTD dial setting: ";Z5

"TEMP OUT dial setting: ";Z6

THEN 2240

USING "23A,5D,2A": " JIn jected Elect. Energy: ";E2;" J'

10

2260,2230,2300,2320,2340,2360,2410,2430,2450,2470

"IMA IN CALORIMETER RTD

"IMASS FLOW OUT"

"ITEMPERATURE OUT"

"IMASS FLOW IN"

"ITEMPERATURE IN"

THEN 2390

"I DEFLECTOR"

"IFOIL REFLECTOR"

"I SEP A RAT I ON TUBE"

"IBACKSCATTER MONITOR"

"IOVERSPILL MONITOR"

"IEXTENSION TUBE"

THEN 2510

" JNULL DATAJ"

" JZERO RATING PERIOD"

USING 940: "Oth MOMENT :", YO ( 1 , I

)

USING 940: "1st MOMENT Y 1 ( 1 , I

)

106
2540 PRINT 0Y9: USING 940: "2nd MOMENT ,¥2(1,1)

2550 PRINT 0Y9: "JTRANSITION PERIOD"

2560 PRINT 6 Y9: USING 940: "Oth MOMENT : " , YO ( 3 , I

)

25 7 0 PRINT Q Y9: USING 940:"1st MOMENT : Y1 ( 3 . I

)

2580 PRINT 0Y9 : USING 940: "2nd MOMENT : " , Y2 ( 3 , I

)

2590 PRINT 0Y9 : " JFINAL RATING PERIOD"

2600 PRINT 3Y9: USING 940: "Oth MOMENT : " , YO (2 , I

)

2610 PRINT 6 Y9: USING 940:"1st MOMENT : " . Y 1 (2 , I

)

2620 PRINT 0Y9: USING 940:"2nd MOMENT : " , Y2 ( 2 , I

)

2630 PRINT GY 9:

2640 IF 1=10 THEN 2660

2650 IF 1-1 MOD 200 THEN 2710

2660 GIN X ,

Y

2670 MOVE 0,0

2680 PRINT

2690 IF M = 1 THEN 2 7 10

2700 CALL "WAIT",

3

2710 NEXT I 2

7 20 IF M=2 THEN 2800

2730 PRINT "JDO YOU WANT A COPY OF THE RESULTS? (Y OR N)

2 7 40 INPUT R$

2750 GO TO ( R$ = " Y

" ) +2 * ( R $ = " N

" ) OF 2 77 0,2340

2760 GO TO 2 7 30

2770 M = 2 2780 PRINT 232,26:3

2790 GO TO 2120

2800 IF SUM (FI ' MOD 2=0 THEN 2320

2810 COPY

2 820 M=

1

2o30 PRINT 232,26:0

2340 PRINT "GJ.DO YOU WANT TO SAVE RESULTS ON TAPE? (Y OR N)

2350 INPUT R$

2660 GO TO (R$="Y")+2*(R$="N") OF 2360,3100

2370 GO TO 2840

2380 PRINT " JWHAT FILE NUMBER? (Choices are 24 through 33)

2690 PRINT "NOTE--each file can hold results of 13 runs"

2900 INPUT L2

2910 IF L2<23 OR L2>32 THEN 2380

2920 L2=INT(L2)

2930 FIND 84 : L2

2940 INPUT 04,6:Q1,Q2

2950 GO TO Q1 OF 3040,2930,3600,3020

2960 PRINT "JG New File"

29 7 0 GO TO 3040

2930 PRINT "JGASCII FILE! It should be binary. File number is ";L2

2990 STOP

3000 READ §4 :

G

3010 GO TO 2940

3020 READ 04 : G$

3030 GO TO 2940

107
3040

3050

3060

30 7 0

3000

3090

3100

3110

4000

4010

4020

4030

4040

4050

4060

40 7 0

4080

4090

4 100

4 110

4 120

4 130

4 140

4 150

4 160

4170

4 180

4190

4200

4210

4220

4230

4240

4250

4260

4270

4280

4290

4300

4310

4 320

4330

4340

4500

4510

4520

4530

4540

4 550

4560

WHITE <?4:N$,L$,01$,D$,T9 1 B9,Z5,Z6

IF L$="L" THEN 3070

WHITE §4 : U 1 $ ,T0

WHITE §4:E2,Y0, Y1 ,Y2

PRINT §4,2:

PRINT " JGRESULTS STORED IN FILE ";L2

PRINT " JDONE"

END

HEM GET Oth, 1st & 2nd MOMENTS

N = 20

XI =237

X2=4 77

X3=573

X 4 = 8 1

3

X5= 1 053

X0=X2-X1

X7 = (X2+X1 )/2

X8=(X4+X5)/2

X9=(X3+X4)/2

A0= 1 - 1 / ( 4*N "2

)

C0 = X0 "-0 .

5

C 1 =SQR ( 1 2/A0 ) /XO ~ 1 * 5 C2=SQH( 130)/X0~2.5

Z0=(X2-X1 )/(2*N)

PO = CO

FOR J = N 1 TO N2

XI =X7

GOSUB 7000

YO ( 1 ,J)=S0

Y1 ( 1 , J)=S1

X2( 1

, J)=S2

K1 =X3

GOSUB 7000

YO ( 2 , J ) =30

Y1(2, J j=S1

Y2 ( 2 , J ) =S2

K1 =X9

GOSUB 7 000

Y0(3,J)=S0

Y1 (3,0) =31

Y2(3,J)=S2

NEXT J RETURN

REM CALCULATE ELECTRICAL ENERGY

V2 = 0 V3 = 0

12 = 0

13 = 0

HEM GET AVERAGE OF PRE- & POST INJECTION READING

FOR 1=1 TO 10

108
4570

4530

4590

4600

4610

4620

4630

4640

4650

4 660

4670

4680

4690

4 7 00

4710

4720

47 30

5000

5010

5020

5030

5040

5050

5060

5070

5080

5090

5100

5110

5120

5130

5140

5150

5160

5 170

5180

5190

5200

5210

5220

5230

5240

5250

5500

5510

5520

5530

5540

5550

5560

V2=V2+V 1 (I)

V3=V3+V1 (I+T0+10)

12=12+11(1)

13=13+11 (I+T0+10)

NEXT I V2=V2/10

12=12/10

V3=V3/10

13=13/10

REM REMOVE LINEAR DRIFT & CALCULATE ENERGY

J0 = 0

FOR 1=1 TO N5

V 4 = V 1 (D-V2-I*(V3-V2)/N5

14 = 11 (I )-I2-I*( 13-12 VN5

J0= J0+V4*I4

NEXT I RETURN

POLL C , D ;

4

REM SPACE FOR COMPUTED "GO TO"

INPUT <34 , 30 : FO

IF F0= 1 2 THEN 5590

IF F0O2 THEN 50 7 0

PRINT "GJFILE NOT FOUND! RUN PROGRAM AGAIN."

STOP

IF F0O7 THEN 5500

PRINT "GJNO CARTRIDGE INSERTED IN TAPE DECK. INSERT CARTRIDGE."

GOSUB 6500

GO TO 2340

IF F0<>9 THEN 5150

PRINT "GJCARTRIDGE IS WRITE PROTECTED"

GOSUB 6500

GO TO 2340

IF F0O4 THEN 5220

PRINT " JGEMPTY FILE! DO YOU WISH TO START A NEW FILE? (Y OR N)

INPUT R$

GO TO ( R $ = " Y " ) +2 * ( R £ = " N " ) OF 5250,5210

PRINT "GJWHAT?"

GO TO 5170

GO TO 2340

PRINT " JGERROR MESSAGE ";F0;" FROM TAPE DECK"

PRINT "JPRESS <return> WHEN READY TO CONTINUE"

INPUT Z$

RETURN

REM MISSING MODULE DETECTION SUBROUTINE

rl ( J 1 ) =0

J2$=3TR(J2)

J2$=TRIM(J2$)

FOR L = 1 TO 6 02$=SEG(01$,L,1

)

IF 02$<> J2$ THEN 55 7 0

109
5570

5350

5590

5700

5710

5720

57 30

57 40

5750

5760

6000

6010

6500

6510

6520

6530

6590

6550

6560

6570

7000

7010

7020

7030

7090

7050

7060

7 070

7030

7090

7100

7110

7120

F 1 ( J 1 ) = 1 NEXT L RETUHN

REM FILL NULL DATA ARRAY SLOTS

FOR J=1 TO 3 Y 0 ( J . J 1 >=-99999

Y1(J.J1 >=-99999

Y2CJ.J1 >=-99999

NEXT J RETURN

REM SIZE ERROR SUBROUTINE

RETURN

REM INDEFINITE PAUSE

PRINT " JGPush UDK#9 to continue"

F8 = 0

REM

IF F3= 1 THEN 6560

GO TO 6530

F8 = 0

RETURN

REM MOMENT SUMMING ROUTINE

30 = 0

51 =0

52 = 0

FOR I =-N TO N-1

Z 1 =Z0* ( 1+0 *5 > P1=C1*Z1

P2=C2*(Z1~2-A0*X0*X0/12)

S0=S0+V( 1 + Ul+ZI >/Z0,J>*P0

S1=S1+V( 1 + UC1+Z1 )/Z0,J)*P1

S2=S2+V( 1+(K1+Z1 )/Z0, J>*P2

NEXT I RETURN

no
Variable Map

Proyram: CALCULATE RUN RESULTS Date: 84U216

A0 - first-order correction factor to get orthogonality between moments

B9 - barometric pressure in mm of Hg

C

- Cl - C2 - C0 -

PULL variable

normalization factor for first moment

normalization factor for second moment

normalization factor for zeroth moment

Uu$ - POLL variable

deflector-type descriptor (U = mirror deflector, F = foil reflector)

£1 - EZ - nominal electrical energy injected

energy injected during C run

FI - F8 -

Fid -

array containing flays indicating missing modules

flay in indefinite wait routine error message number from tape deck

6 - G$

tnrowaway variable while finding EOF throwaway string variable while finding EOF

I - II - 12 - 13 - 14 -

counter

array containing electrical calibration current readings

average zero reading of 11 before injection

average zero reading of 11 after injection

11 readings corrected for drift

J

- J1 - JZ - J0 - J2$ -

counter

counter while calculating moments of L and C runs number indicating unit beiny searched for in missing mod test

electrical energy injected during calibration run striny equivalent of J2 used in missing module routine

K1 -

KiA - midpoint of period being calculated

calibration factor

LLI - L2 - L$ -counter

number of file containing data to be processed

number of file in which results are to be stored

run type (L = laser, C = combination, E = electrical)

M

M$ - results output-type descriptor (1 = display, 2 = hardcopy)temporary label for printing name of unit

N - N1 - N2 - N5 - N$ -number of data packets in half duration of any time period

lower sensor index of data to be processed

upper sensor index of data to be processed

number of VI (and 11) readings

run number

01$ - 02$ - calorimeter configuration description

segment of 01$ being searched for in missiny module routine

PI - P2 -

P|A -

first moment function

second moment function

zeroth moment function

01 - 02 - TYP(|A) command variable indicating type of data read

TYP(0) command variable indicating length of data read

R$ - alpha answer to questions

31 - S2 - first moment summiny variable

second moment summiny variable

111
S0 - zeroth moment summiny variable

T2 - factor representing ratio of temp, after shutter closes to temp, before shutter opens

Ty - ambient temperature in deyrees C

T 0

- duration in seconds of electrical energy injection period

U1 - numeric indicator of unit receiviny energy (laser or electrical)

111$ - name of module receiving electrical energy

U2$ - single letter descriptor of unit receiving electrical energy

V - array (176 x ID) containing voltage output readings for the ID sensors

VI - array containing electrical calibration voltage readings

V 2 - average zero reading of VI before injection

V 3 - average zero reading of VI after injection

V4 - VI readings corrected for drift

X - GIN variable used in creating PAGE FULL

XI - time in seconds of starting point of zero rating period

X2 - time in seconds of ending point of zero rating period

X3 - time in seconds of starting point of transition period

X4 - time in seconds of ending point of transition period

Xb - time in seconds of ending point of final rating period

X7 - midpoint of zero rating period in seconds

X8 - midpoint of transition period in seconds

xy - midpoint of final rating period in seconds

X0 - period duration in seconds

YY1Y2Yy

Y0

GIN variable used in creating PAGE FULL

array containing first moments of three time periods for all array containing second moments of three time periods for all address of device outputting results

array containing zeroth moments of three time periods for all

sensors sensors

sensors

Z1 - time coordinate of the point under question

Zb - main calorimeter RTD dial setting

Z6 - temperature out dial setting

Z0 - number of readings averaged to get one data packet

Z$ - throwaway answer to wait routine

112
Bb. KLAL) ELECTRICAL SUMMARY FILES (FILE 6)

Proyram Listing

100

1 10

120

13C

14C

150

1 60

l^o

i30

190

200

2 10

220

230

240

250

260

270

230

290

300

7 10

320

330

3 40

350

360

3

7 0 330

390

400

4 10

420

430

440

450

460

470

480

490

500

510

520

530

540

550

560

5 7 0 530

590

HEM ******* PROG READ ELECT SUMMARY RILE ** DATE-TIME 340130 6 Oy:5G

HEM

REM ********** TAPE CLOP PROGRAMS **********

IIJIT ON SRQ THEN 2000

DIM R$( 1 ) ,Y0(3) , Y 1 (3) ,Y2(3)

PAGE

C 1 $ = " HA

I

N CALORIMETER RTD"

C2$ = "MASS FLOW OUT"

•TEMPERATURE OUT”

'MASS FLOW IN"

'TEMPERATURE IN"

'FOIL REFLECTOR"

'DEFLECTOR"

'SEPARATION TUBE"

'BACKSCATTER MONITOR"

'OVERSPILL MONITOR"

'EXTENSION TUBE"

Electrical Sunnary File for which sensor

ILE 0 **s .»* ^ ^ .7 .

C4 $ = 05$ = D1$ = D2$ = S1$ = E 1 $ = 02 $ = E 1 $ = PRINT

PRINT

PRINT

PRINT

PRINT

PRINT

PRINT

PRINT

PRINT

PRINT

PRINT

PRINT

PRINT

INPUT

GO TO

PRINT

GO TO

T$ = C 1 $

GO TO 660

T$=C2$

GO TO 660

T$=C3S

GO TO 660

T$=C4$

GO TO 660

T$=C5$

GO TO 660

T$=D1$

GO TO 660

T$=D2$

GO TO 660

TS = S 1 $

is to be accesseci?J"

1 . 2

.

3.

4.

5

.

6

.

7 4 6

.

9.

10 .

1 1 . JJEnter

C 1 $

C2?

C3$

C4$

C5$

D 1 $

D2$

S1$

B 1 $

02 $ E 1 $

line nunber

RINT(R) OF 450. 47Q, 490, 510, 530, 55C,5 7 0, 590, 610, 630,o50

" JGWHAT?"

410

113
GOO GO TO 660

610 T$=B1

$

620 GO TO 660

630 T $ = 0 2

$

640 GO TO 660

650 T $ = E 1 $

660 L 1 =R+ 1

1

6

7 0 F 1 =0

680 FIND 04:L1

690 IF F 1 = 1 THEN 670

700 IF H<>2 AND R<>4 AND R<>5 THEN 7 30

7 1 0 FI $="3tability Factor:"

720 GO TO 600

7 30 F 1 $ = "Cal ibration Factor:"

740 IMAGE P , "Electrical Summary file: " , 20A , 66T , "Page" 3D , /

7 50 IMAGE /,5T,"Roora Temperature :", 30T , 2D »D , 45T ," deg C"

7 60 IMAGE 5T,21A,6D,45T,5A

7 70 IMAGE 5T, 19A , 30T.+4E

7 80 IMAGE /,2T, 13A.27T, 1 7A , 5 IT , "FINAL RATING PERIOD",/

790 IMAGE 3T,9A,4E,26T,9A,4E,50T,9A,4E

800 J1=0

810 INPUT 04 , 6 : H

1

820 IF H 1 = 1 THEN 1500

830 READ @4:N$,01$,T9,B9

840 IF R <> 1 AND R<>3 THEN 860

850 READ 04 : ZO

8 60 READ @4: J0,K0,Y0(1 ) ,Y0(2) ,Y0(3) ,Y1 (1 ) ,Y1 (2) ,Y1 (3) ,Y2( 1 ) ,Y2(2) ,Y2(3)

870 J 1 = J1 +0 .

5

880 IF J 1 =INT ( J 1 ) THEN 900

890 PRINT USING 740 :T$ ,INT( J 1+1

)

900 PRINT "Run No: ";N$

910 PRINT USING 7 50:T9

920 PRINT USING 760 : "Barometric Press :", B9 , "mm tic:" 930 PRINT USING 7 60 : "Calor. Config : " , VAL (01$ )

, " " 940 PRINT

950 PRINT USING 760 : "In jected Energy :", JO , "J"

960 PRINT USING 7

7 0:F1$,K0

9

7 0 IF R<> 1 AND R<>3 THEN 1000

980 PRINT USING 760: "Dial Setting: ", ZO, "" 990 GO TO 1010

1000 PRINT

1010 PRINT USING 7 80:"ZER0 RATING PERIOD ", "TRANSITION PERIOD"

1020 PRINT USING 7 90:"0th MOM : " , YO ( 1 )

, "Oth MOM: ", Y0( 3) , "Oth I10M:",Y0(2)

1030 PRINT USING 790: "1st MOM : " , Y 1 ( 1 )

, " 1 st MOM : " , Y 1 ( 3 ), " 1 st MOM: ",Y 1(2)

1040 PRINT USING 790: "2nd MOM: " , Y2( 1 )

, "2nd MOM : " , Y2 ( 3 ), "2nd M0M:",Y2(2)

1050 PRINT "J"

1060 GO TO 810

1 500 IF JIOO THEN 1530

1510 PRINT "JG Empty file"

1520 GO TO 1540

114
1530

1 540

1550

2000

2010

2020

2030

2040

2050

2000

20 7 0 2080

2090

2100

2110

2 120

2 130

2 140

2150

2160

2170

2160

2 190

2200

2210

2220

22 30

2240

2250

2260

22 7 0

2280

2290

2300

2310

2320

2330

2340

2350

2360

2370

2360

2390

2400

PRINT "JRead out of file ";L1;" for ";T$;" completed"

PRINT "JGRe-run program to access other files"

E II

D

POLL Q 1 , 02 ;

4

INPUT t

J 4, 30:H

GO TO H OF 2040, 2060, 2080, 2100, 2020, 2160, 2200, 2250, 22 7 0, 2320

GO TO 11-10 OF 2340,2360

PRINT "JGDonain error or invalid argument--Er ror message 1" STOP

PRINT "JGFile not found--Error message 2"

STOP

PRINT " JG.il ag tape format error—Error message 3"

STOP

PRINT "JGIllegal access —Error message 4"

FIND Q4 : L

1

PRINT " JheaderJ

INPUT @4,9:110$

PRINT H0$

STOP

FI = 1 RETURN

PRINT "JGRead error (10 re-reads ) --Error message 6"

STOP

PRINT "JGNo cartridge inserted--Error message7 " PRINT "JPush <ret> when ready to continue"

INPUT 2$

F 1 = 1 RETURN

PRINT " JGOver-read (illegal tape record length ) --Error

STOP

PRINT " J_GCartridge wri te-protected--Error message 9"

PRINT "JPush <ret> when ready to continue"

INPUT Z$

FIND LI RETURN

PRINT "JGRead after write error--Error message 10"

STOP

PRINT "JGEnd of medium--Error message 11"

STOP

PRINT "JGEnd of file--Error message 12"

PRINT "JHit BREAK twice to abort run"

PRINT "JPush <ret> to continue"

INPUT Z$

RETURN

me sage o

II

115
Variable Map

Program: REAL) ELECTRICAL SUMMARY FILE Date:

By - barometric pressure in mm of Hg

BIS - title "BACKSCATTER MONITOR"

Cl$

C2$

C3$

C4$

Cb$

title "MAIN CALORIMETER RTD" title "MASS FLOW OUT" title "TEMPERATURE OUT"

title "MASS FLOW IN" title "TEMPERATURE IN"

Ul$ - title "FOIL REFLECTOR"

02$ - title "DEFLECTOR"

E 1 $

- title "EXTENSION TUBE"

FI - flay indicating tape deck has issued error message (U = no error, 1 = error)

Fl$ - title "STABILITY FACTOR:" or "CALIBRATION FACTOR:"

H - tape deck error message

HI - TYP(0) inteyer indicate tape type of character read

H0$ - header of data tape file

J1 - page counter (two runs per page)

J0 - injected electrical energy in joules

K0 - calibration or stability factor as appropriate

LI - number of summary file to be accessed

N$ - run number

01$ - calorimeter configuration descriptor

02$ - title "OVERSPILL MONITOR"

01 - POLLing variable

Q2 - POLLing variable

R - numeric answer to questions

R$ - alpha answer to questions

Sl$ - title "SEPARATION TUBE"

TO - ambient temperature in degrees C T$ - transfer striny variable for titles

Y1 - array containing first moments for zero rating, transition, and final rating periods

Y2 - array containing second moments for zero rating, transition, and final rating periods

Y0 - array containing zeroth moments for zero ratiny, transition, and final rating periods

Z0 - dial settiny for either main calorimeter RTO or temp, out sensor

Z$ - throwaway striny variable for creatiny a wait

840210

116
b

7

. CALCULATE CAL FACTORS (FILE 7)

Proyram Listiny

100

1 10

120

130

140

150

160

1 7 0

130

190

200

2 10

220

230

240

250

260

2 7 0

230

29 0

300

310

320

330

340

350

360

3

7 0

330

390

400

4 10

420

430

440

450

460

4 7 0

430

490

500

510

520

530

540

550

5 60

5 7 0

5o0

590

**** PROG CALCULATE CAL FACTORS ******* DATE-TIME 340 12- - REil

nil! ********* TAPE CLOP PROGRAMS ****** FILE 7 ************** *

RE! 1 .-Ei! APPLIES CORECTION FOR DRIFT TO TEMP OUT ART MAIL CALL?.. EC:

REM other modules program averages results. HO PROVISION for . REM FLOU IN AMD OUT AND TEH? IN.

IN IT

ON SRQ THEN 3000

DIM M$(20) ,h$(9) ,01$ (6) ,NO(33) ,K1 (33) ,R$( 1 )

, VI (33) ,F0(8 , *0 ,10$

(

DIM V

2

( 3 3 ) ,K2(33) ,V3(33)

PRINT ' PRINT ' PRINT ' PRINT ' PRINT ' PRINT ' PRINT ' PRINT " PRINT ' PRINT r INPUT R R = INT {

R

) GO TO R OF 360, 390, 420, 450, 430, 510, 540,

5

7 0

PRINT " JGV7HAT?

GO TO 310

LI = 12

HS="MAIN CALORIMETER RTD"

GO TO 590

LI = 14

LEnter line number of sensor cesiredJ"

1 . Main Calorimeter RTD"

2. Temperature Out"

3. Foil Reflector"

4. Mirror reflector"

5. Separation Tube"

6. Backscatter Monitor"

7 . Overspill Monitor"

3. Extension Tube"

JJEnter line number ":

M$=" TEMPERATURE OUT"

GO TO 590

LI = I 7 MS = "FOIL REFLECTOR"

GO TO 590

LI = 16

M$ = "MIRROR DEFLECTOR"

GO TO 590

LI = 19

M$ =" SEPARATION TUBE"

GO TO 590

LI =20

M$ = "BACKSCATTER I 10KIT0R

GO TO 590

LI =21

MS = "OVERSPILL MONITOR"

GO TO 590

L 1 =22

M$= "EXTENSION TUBE"

FIND l!h : L 1

1o

:

K K X X

iASS

‘jo'-

ll?
bOO 1M 1 = 1 610 DO

620 INPUT (24,6:1-11

6 30 EXIT IF H 1 = 1 6 40 READ (2 4 : N 0 , 0 1 $ , T 9 , B

9

6 50 NO (Ml ) = V AL ( 11$ ) 660 IF HOI AND R<>2 THEN 660

6

7 0 READ 04 : ZO

6 60 READ 04 : JO , K 1 ( M 1) , G , G , G , V 1 ( N 1 ) ,G,G,G,G,G

6 90 H 1=111 + 1 7 00 LOOP

710 NUN 1-1

7 2 0 IF N 1 <37 THEM 7 30

7 25 PRINT "JGFile M

; L 1

; " for is full."

7 30 IF W 1 < > 0 THEN 7 60

7 40 PRINT "JGFile ";L1;" for ";M$;" is empty"

750 GO TO 2500

760 IF N1<3 AMD (R=1 OR R=2) THEN 2200

77 0 GOSUB 7000

7 60 REM SELECT APPROPRIATE RUNS

7 90 IMAGE 6D.2D, 19T,+4E,3 7 T,+4E

800 PRINT "L" ; M 4> 810 PRINT "JRUN NO. CAL FACTOR DRIFT TERM J"

820 FOR 1=1 TO Ml

830 PRINT USING 790 :N0 ( I ) ,K 1 (I )

, V 1 (I

)

640 NEXT I 850 PRINT "^INFORMATION NOTE:_";I1$

860 PRINT "JDelete any run? (Y or N) "; 870 INPUT R$

880 GO TO ( R$ = " Y" ) +2 * ( R$ = "N" ) OF 9 1 0

, 1

1

7 0 890 PRINT "JGWHAT?"

900 GO TO 870

910 PRINT " JWhat run number?

920 INPUT N9

930 PRINT "JIs ";N9;" the correct number? (Y or N) "; 940 INPUT R$

950 GO TO ( R$ = " Y

" ) +2 * ( R $

= " N

" ) OF 960,910

960 PRINT "JGWHAT?"

970 GO TO 940

980 N 2 = -

1

990 FOR 1=1 TO Ml ! FIND INDEX OF RUN

1 000 IF NO ( I ) ON9 THEN 1020

1010 N2=I

1020 NEXT I 1030 IF N2<>-1 THEN 1070

1 040 PRINT "JRun no. ";N9;" not found. GTry attain."

1050 CALL "WAIT",

2

1060 GO TO 800

1070 FOR I =N2 TO N1-1

1080 IF N 2 = N 1 THEN 1120

118
10 90

1 100

1110

1 120

1130

1 140

1 150

1 150

1 1^0

1 180

1 190

1200

1210

1 220

1230

1 240

1250

1260

1 270

1280

1290

1 300

1310

1 320

1330

1 340

1 350

1 360

1 370

1 380

1390

1 400

1410

1 420

1 430

1 440

1 450

1 460

1 470

1 480

1 490

1500

1510

1520

1530

1540

1550

1 560

1570

1 580

N0(I)=N 0(1+1

)

K 1 ( I

)

= K 1 (1+1)

vi (n=vi (i+i

)

NEXT I

1J 1 =iJ 1 - 1 Ir N 1 >0 THEM 800

PRINT "LGNo values left to be considered!"

GO TO 2500

IF N1<3 AND ( R= 1 OR R=2) THEN 2200 ! NOT ENOUGH DATA FOR LSI OURS

IF N 1 > 1 OR R= 1 OR R=2 THEN 1210

GOSUB 6000

GO TO 1640

IF HOI AND R< >2 THEN 1230

GOSUB 3000

IF R= 1 OR R = 2 THEN 1250

GOSUB 4000

GOSUB 5000

IF R< > 1 AND R< >2 THEN 1640

REM OUTPUT TEilP OUT OR RTD RESULTS

IMAGE

IMAGE

M=1

1 5 A , 1 9T , +4E

15A, 19T,4A,4E,39T,3A

PRINT "L";M$ ,"J"

PRINT USING 1 230 "Calib Factor :

PRINT USING 1280 "JStd Deviation

PRINT USING 1290 "iiStd Dev : "

; "+ii

PRINT USING 1290 " J 9 0 > Conf

.

int

PRINT USING 1290 " 95 % Conf

.

int

:

PRINT USING 1290 " 99 % Conf. int

:

PRINT USING 1280 " JDrift Coef : "

,

PRINT USING 1280 "JStd Deviation

PRINT USING 1290 "*Std Dev : "

, "+H

PRINT USING 1290 " J 9 0 /ii Conf. int

PRINT USING 1290 " 95 % Conf, int

:

PRINT USING 1290 " 99 % Conf. int

:

PRINT " J N o

.

of points: " , N 1 PRINT " J" ; 1 1 $

IF M = 2 THEN 1610

1 , K8

[" , ABS ( 100*K8/K)

1 , "+H_H" ,ABS( 100*T0*K8/K) , ’V

"+H_H".ABS(100*T5*K8/K) ,",S"

"+H H" ,ABS( 100*T9*K8/K )

,

1 , A8

1" ,ABS( 100*A8/A1 )

1 , "+H H".ABS( 100*T0*A8/A1 )

, "I"

"+H_H",ABS( 100*T5*Ao/A1 ) "+H H" . ABS ( 100*T9*A8/A1 ) ,%"

PRINT "JDo you want to change information note? (Y or N) " INPUT RS

GO TO ( R$=" Y" ) +2* ( R$="N " ) OF 1520,1540

PRINT "JGWHAT?"

GO TO 1480

GOSUB 7 500

GO TO 1300

PRINT "JDo you want a copy of the results? (Y or N)

INPUT R$

GO TO ( R$ = " Y

" ) +2 * ( RS = " N" ) OF 1590,2000

PRINT "JGWHAT?"

GO TO 1550

119
1590

1 b 00

1610

1620

1630

1640

1050

1660

1 670

1 660

1690

1700

1710

1720

1730

1 740

1750

1760

1770

1760

1790

1600

1610

1620

1630

1840

1850

1860

1870

i860

1890

1 900

1910

1920

2000

2010

2020

2030

2040

2050

2060

2070

2080

2090

2 100

2110

2120

2 130

2140

2 150

M = 2 GO TO 1310

COPY

li= 1 GO TO 2000

REM OUTPUT ANCILLARY MODULE RESULTS

11=1 PRINT "L";M$;"J"

PRINT USING 1280: "Calib Factor: ",K

PRINT USING 1260: " JStd Deviation K8

PRINT USING 1290:"* Std Dev : "

, "+H_H" , ABS ( 1 00*K8/K )

, " %

PRINT USING 1290:"J90* Conf int: "

, "+H_H" , ABS( 100*T0*K3/K) , "*" PRINT USING 1 2 9 0 : " 9 5 & Conf in t

: ", "+H_H" , ABS ( 1 00*T5*K8/K )

, " *" PRINT USING 1290 : "99# Conf in t

: ", "+H H" ,ABS (100* T9 *K8/K)

PRINT " JNo * of points: ",N1

PRINT " J" ; 1 1 $

IF M = 2 THEN 1900

PRINT "JDo you want to change infornation note? (Y or N)

INPUT R$

GO TO ( R 8 = " Y

" ) +2 * ( R $ = " N" ) OF 1810,1330

PRINT "JGWHAT?"

GO TO 1770

GOSUB 7500

GO TO 1650

PRINT "JDo you want a copy of the results? (Y or N)

INPUT R$

GO TO (R$="Y" )+2*(R$="N" ) OF 1330,2000

PRINT "JGWHAT?"

GO TO 1840

M = 2

GO TO 1660

COPY

M = 1 GO TO 2000

REM SAV RESULTS ON TAPE

PRINT "JDo you want to save results on tape? (Y or N) "; INPUT R$

GO TO ( R$ = " Y" ) +2* ( R$ = "N " ) OF 2060,2500

PRINT "JGWHAT?"

GO TO 2020

F0(R, 1 )=K

F0(R,2)s1O0*K8/K

F 0 ( R , 3 ) = N 1 IF R< > 1 THEN 2120

FO ( 1

, 4 ) = A

1

F0(3, 1O=A6

IF R<>2 THEN 2150

FO ( 2 ,

4

) = A 1 FO ( 4 , 4 ) = A8

FIND 04:23

120
2 1 bO

2 1 7 0

2 160

2 190

2200

2210

2500

2510

3000

3010

3020

3030

3040

3050

3060

30 7 0 3060

3090

3100

3110

3120

3130

3140

3150

3160

3 170

3160

3190

3200

3210

3220

3230

3240

3250

32b0

3270

3260

3290

3300

3310

3320

3330

4000

4010

4020

4030

4040

4050

4060

4 C 7 0

WHITE G4:FO,IO$

PRINT 64,2:

PRINT "JGDATA STOhED IN FILE 23"

GO TO 2500

PRINT 11 JGNot enough runs for least squares fit. Only " ; N 1 ; " runs.

00 TO 2500

PRINT " JGDONE !

END

REM LINEAR LEAST SQUARE FIT (NATRELLA)

51 =0

52 = 0

53 = 0 54 = 0 S5 = 0 FOR 1=1 TO HI

V2 (I ) = V 1 (I)“2

V3 ( I ) = V1 ( I

) *K 1 ( I

)

K2(I)=K1 (I) “2

51=S1+V1 (I) ! SUM X's

S2 = S2+K 1 (I) ! SUM Y 's S3=S3+V3(I) ! SUM XY's

S4 = S4 + V2 ( I ) ! SUM X~2's

S5=S5+K2 ( I ) ! SUM Y~2's

NEXT I REM W1=Sxx;W2=Syy;W3=Sxy;V0=X-bar;K0=Y=bar

W3=S3-S1*S2/N1

W1 =S4-S1“2/N1

VJ2 = S5-S2~2/N1

V 0 = S 1 / N 1 K0=S2/N

1

REM A1=SLOPE;K=Y-INT

A 1 sW3/W1

K=K0-A 1 *V0

REM U4=S(Y)~2;W5=S(Y)

W4=(W2-W3“2/W1 ) / (N 1-2

)

W5=SQR ( W4

)

REM A 9 = V A R OF SLOPE ;K9 = VAR OF Y-INT;A6 = S.D

A 9 = W 4 / W

1

K9 = W4*( 1 / N 1 +V0 "'2/W 1 ) A6 = SQR ( A 9

)

K8=SQR(K9)

RETURN

REM AVERAGE AND STD DEV

S1=0

OF SLOPE; 6 = S . D OF Y-INT

S2 = 0 S4 =0

S5 = 0 FOR 1 = 1 TO 111 V2(I)=V1 (I) “2

K2 ( I ) = K 1 (I) *2

121
4 080 S1=S1+V 1(1)

4090 82=S2+K1(I)

4 100 34=34+V 2(1

)

4 110 S5 = S5+K2(I

j

4120 NEXT I

4 130 V 0 = S 1 / N 1 4140 K=32/H

1

4 150 V 9 = ( N 1 * S 4 - S 1 ~ 2 ) / ( N 1 * ( N 1 - 1 )

)

4160 V3=SQR(V9)

4 170 K9=(N1*S5-S2~2)/(N1*(N1-1 )

)

4 180 No=SQR(K9)

4190 RETURN

5000 REM t-STATISTIC—T0 = 90? ,T5 = 95$,T9 = 99J

5010 IF HOI AND R02 THEN 5030

5020 N 3 = N 1 -

2

5025 GO TO 5040

5030 N 3 = N 1 -

1

5040 IF N 3 > 4 THEN 5030

5050 T 0=15*016 +N3*(-12. 1829 +N3*(3»8945-0. 4135* N 3)

)

5060 T5 = 34.958+N3*(-31 . 3655+N 3* ( 1 0 ,208- 1 . 0945*113 )

)

5070 GO TO 5100

5080 T0 = N 3/ (-0 .559925 368278 + 0. 60784 40925 3*N 3) +6. 0E-4

5090 T5=N3/ (-0.61 15593191+0.5101 1 02332*N3 )+6 . 0E-4

5100 IF I

J 3 > 1 THEN 5130

5 1 10 T9 = 63.657

5120 GO TO 5

1

7 0 5130 IF N3>5 THEM 5160

5 140 T9 = 35. 362+N 3* ( -20. 6568+N3*( 4 ,6965-0.36 3o7*N3)

)

5150 GO TO 5

1

7 0

5160 T9 = i'J 3 / (-0.7155721 7 0161+0. 387490270184 s N3)+6.0E-4

5170 RETURN

6000 REM ROUTINE FOR 1 DATA POINT

6010 K = K 1 ( I

)

6020 K8 = 0 6030 A8=0

6040 A 1 = V 1 ( I

)

6050 V8=0

6060 T0=

1

60 7 0 T 5 = 1 6080 T9 =

1

6090 RETURN

7000 REM CAL FACTOR MATRIX AND INFO NOTES

7010 FIND 04:23

7 020 READ 04 : FO , 10$

7030 REM GET INFO NOTE

7040 J 1 =

1

7050 P = 0 7060 DO

7070 P1=P+1

7080 P=POS(IO$ , ,P1

)

7090 IF J1 OR THEN 7120

7100 1 1 $ = SEG (10$, PI ,P-P1

)

7 110 EXIT IF J 1 = R 7120 J 1 = J 1 +

1

7130 LOOP

7140 RETURN

7500 REM MAKE NEW INFO NOTE

7510 PRINT "JType new info note (max lenfi;th = 7 2 char,(1 line)]J"

7520 INPUT 1$

7530 P2=LEN (11$)

7540 I0$=REP(I$,P1 ,P2)

7550 I1$=I$

7 560 RETURN

8000 POLL Q 1 , Q2 ;

4

8010 INPUT 04,3O:H

8020 PRINT "JGError message ";H;" from TAPE DECK"

8030 STOP

122
Variable Map

Program: CALCULATE CAL FACTORS Date:

A1 - drift coefficient (slope from least squares fit) AO - standard deviation of A1 A9 - variance of the slope

by - barometric pressure in mm of Hy

F0 - b x 4 array containiny "best" values of temperature sensors

0 - throwaway variable

H - error message from tape deck

HI - TYP(0) inteyer

1 - counter

IS - new information note to replace 11$

11$ - information note for data beiny considered

10$ - alpha striny containiny info note and delimiters for all eiyht sensors

J1 - steppiny index to find info note of sensor

J0 - electrical energy injected

K

- "best" value of calibration factor

K1 - array containing cal factors read from elec, summary file

K8 - standard deviation of K Ky - variance of K K0 - average value of K1

LI - file number of electrical summary file to be accessed

M - results output type descriptor (1 = display, 2 = copy)

M$ - name of sensor for electrical summary file

N1 - counter of lines of data

N2 - index of run data to be edited out

N3 - deyrees of freedom in t-statistic subroutine

Ny - run number for data to be edited out

N0 - array containiny numeric equivalents of N$

N$ - run number

01$ - calorimeter configuration descriptor

P - position of next delimiter in 10$

PI - starting point in 10$ to look for next delimiter

1)1 - POLLiny variable

Q2 - POLLiny variable

R - numeric answer to questions

R$ - alpha answer to questions

51 - summation of VI terms

52 - summation of K1 terms

53 - summation of VI x K1 terms

54 - summation of VI, terms

55 - summation of Kl^ terms

T5 - y5 percent t-stat

Ty - ambient temperature in deyrees C; after line 2bU, yy percent t-stat

T0 - 90 percent t-stat

VI - array containiny first moments for zero ratiny from elec. sum. file

V0 - ave value of VI

Wl - sum of the squares of the VI residuals

W2 - sum of the squares of the K1 residuals

84U12b

123
Wi - sum of the squares of the VI x K1 residuals

W4 - (W^/W2) * (IVI - 2)

Wb - square root of W4

Z0 - dial setting for either main calorimeter KTu or temp, out (as appropriate)

124
B8. RUN KEPCU (FILE 8)

Proyram Listing

1 IN IT

2 SET KEY

3 GO TO 100

4 HEM TURN OFF KEPCO

5 PRINT 06: "12000", "22000"

6 PRINT " JGKEP CO TURNED OFF."

24 REII READ KEPCO VOLTAGE

25 PRINT 09: "12"

26 RETURN

28 REII READ KEPCO CURRENT

29 PRINT 06: "10"

30 RETURN

100 REII *********** PROG RUN KEPCO *********** DATE-TIME: 630303 0

1 10 REM

120 REM ************** TAPE CLOP PROGRAMS ******* FILE 6 **********

130 PRINT "LWHAT VOLTAGE LIMIT? "; 190 INPUT VI 150 IF VI >10 THEN 180

160 K 1 =409 .

6

1 70 GO TO 190

180 K 1 =40 . 96

190 V0=INT(K1 *V 1

)

200 D 1 $= "

1

210 IF VI >10 THEN 250

220 D2$= "2"

230 GOSUB 1000

240 GO TO 270

250 D2$= "0"

2 60 GOSUB 1000

2 7 0 A$ = X$

28 0 REM SET CURRENT LIMIT

290 PRINT " JWHAT CURRENT LIMIT? "; 300 INPUT V2

310 D 1 $= "2"

320 D2$ = "2

330 V0=INT(409.o*V2)

340 GOSUB 1000

350 B$=X$

360 PRINT 06 : A$ ; B$

3

7 0 PRINT "LGKEPCO SET TO ";V1;"V0LTS AND ";V2;" AMPS."

380 PRINT "J_J JPRESS UDK #1 TO TURN OFF KEPCO."

390 PRINT "JPRESS UDK #6 TO READ VOLTAGE."

400 PRINT "PRESS UDK #7 TO READ CURRENT."

410 END

1000 REM CONVERT VO TO RADIX 16

1010 El =INT(V0/1 6

)

1020 D5=V0- 1 6*E

1

1 030 E 2 = I N T ( E 1 / 1 6

)

1040 D4=E1-16*E2

1050 D3=E2

12 : 3 ^

rt k m w

125
1060

1 0

7 0 1060

1 090

1 100

1110

1 120

1 1 30

1 140

1 150

1160

1 1 7 0

1 160

1 190

1 200

1210

1 220

2000

2010

2020

2030

2040

2050

2060

20 7 0 2030

2090

2 100

2110

2 120

2130

2 140

D0?=STR(D5)

D0$=TRIM(D0$)

IF D5< 1 0 THEN 1100

GOSUE 2000

D 5 $ = D 0 $

D0$=STR(D4

)

D0$ =TRIii (D0$

)

IF D4< 1 0 THEN 1150

GOSUB 2000

D4$ = D0$

DOS = STR ( D3 ) D0$=TRIH(D0$

1

IF D 3 < 1 0 THEN 1200

GOSUE 2000

D3S=D0$

X$=D1$&D2$&D3$&D4$&D5$

R E T U R N REM CONVERT LARGER HEXADECIMALS

D6= VAL (D0$ ) -9

GO TO D6 OF 2030, 2050, 20 7 0, 2090

D0$= "A"

RETURN

D0$ = "E

RETURN

D0$= "C"

RETURN

D0$="D"

RETURN

D0$= "E"

RETURN

D0$ = "F"

RETURN

TO ALPHAS

2110,2130

126
Variable May

Program: KUN KEPLU Uate:

A$ - voltaye command to power supply

b$ - current command to power supply

U3 - first hexadec. digit (MSD) of voltage part of power supply command

L>4 - second hexadec. digit of voltage part of power supply command

L)b - third hexadec. digit (LSD) of voltage part of power supply command

D6 - amount hexadec. number exceeds 9 Dl$ - first character in power supply command (channel)

D2$ - second character in power supply command (range)

L)3$ - third character in power supply command (MSD)

D4$ - fourth character in power supply command (second hexadec. digit)

Db$ - fifth character in power supply command (LSD)

D0$ - temporary string variable for converting hexadec. digits to string variables

El - quotient derived during hexadecimal conversion

E2 - quotient derived during hexadecimal conversion

K1 - scaling constant for calculating power supply command

VI - voltage limit

V2 - current limit

V0 - decimal equivalent of hexadecimal number part of power supply command

X$ - transfer string variable for calculating power supply commands

«4U3U3

127
Appendix C. System H Program Listings and Variable Maps

Cl. "AUTOST"

Program Listing

1 0 R E P i P R U g R H M “ClOPI" STORED H

•=. Hu tost'1

. UA It- TIME 848214

A 1 2 : 2 8

2 0 0 U T P U T 7 8 6 ; " 1 2 6 8 8 " ;

11 2 2 8 8 F

" y 0 Li U i F

1 Li T r y 4 "R3, Tl , N1S, E8S,

F

1,0 0S

40 LOCAL 724

5 0 0 U T P IJ T 7 0 9 U SING "K" , " C , 3

1

A OUTPUT 70 y USING " K

60 CLEAR A DISP "PREHEATER CONI

R 0 L 8 6 H 0 U L 0 BE"

70 OISP " OFF-ON SWITCH OF

F

11 A DISP " MAN-AUTO SWITC

H —MAN " 80 DISP “ VOLTAGE KNOB 0

VOLTS"

SO DISP A DISP “Push CONI when

ready

100 PAUSE

110 CLEAR A DISP "STATUS LIGHT

CHECK" A DISP A BEEP

1 20 DISP “ARE SHUTTER STATUS LIG

HTS RED? t.Y OR N>"

130 INPUT R$

140 IF R$=1, V" THEN 220

150 IF R $ = " N " THEN 180

160 BEtF A DISP " WHAT? 11 178 GOTO 120

1 8 0 CLEAR A D I S P " U S E M A N U A L P IJ S

HBUTTONS TO CLOSE SHUTTERS"

190 DISP A DISP "Push CQNT when

status iishts are red"

200 PAUSE

210 GO i 0 110

220 DISP " KEPCO STATUS LIGHT SHO

ULD BE RED"

230 DISP '' (Kepco OFF and Inter f a ce Unit OH >

“ 240 DISP “ P u s h C 0 H T w h e n r e a d

y

258 PAUSE

260 CLEAR A OPTION B H S E 0

270 CLEAR A DISP "GAS FLOW statu

s iisht should be RED"

280 DISP " + 1 5 V L -15V status lie

hits should be GREEN"

290 DISP "DVM should be on 10V R

ANGE, I NT TRIG./ ASCII FORM

AT.- Zfc.RO D t L A

V

300 DISP “SCANNER should be BLAH

K"

310 DISP A DISP "Push CONT when

read y

" 320 PAUSE

33« COM G1TC23 G2JC23, G3TC23, G4$

E23 , I0TC53 L*E13 - M5SFC173 , NT

E

93/01TE63, IJ1TE133, V1TE53

340 COM SHORT B9 , E 1 , T9 , Z 1 , Z2 , Z3

,

Z4 .. Z5 , Zb , I NTEGER G9 , TO , U 1 350 DIM G5TE23, M9TE353

360 IN I E G E F' F , I J , R 370 OUTPUT 709 USING "K“ .. "14"

388 CLEAR

390 GlT=" " A G9=0

400 DISP “IS E Q U I P tl E N T WARMED U F

? cy or n

)

418 INPUT R$

420 IF R$="Y" THEN 680

436 IF RT= " N " THEN 468

440 DISP A BEEP

450 DISP " WHAT'*' " A GOTO 400

460 REM WARM UP PERIOD

470 CLEAR A DISP "45 MIN WARM UP

PERIOD STARTED" A DISP

480 DISP "CHECK POWER SUPPLY VOL

TAGES" A BEEP

490 J=U

500 ON TIMER# 1,1900 GOTO 520

510 GOT 0 5 1

0

520 J - -J +

1

530 IF JO 680 THEN 560

540 BEEP A DISP "10 MIN ELAPSED"

550 GOTO 510

560 IF JO 1200 THEN 596

570 BEEP A OISP "20 MIN ELAPSED

586 GOTO 516

599 IF J 0 1800 THEN 620

690 BEEP A DISP "39 MIN ELAPSED"

610 GOTO 510

62G IF J 02406 THEN 656

630 BEEP A DISP "40 MIN ElAPSED"

649 GOTO 510

659 IF J 02700 THEN 510

668 OFF TIMER# 1 A BEEP A DISP " WARM UP PERIOD COMPLETED" A WAIT 2900

6 70 G 0 T 0 7 3

9

630 REM PWR CHK-NO WARM UP

699 clear a beep

700 DISP "CHECK POWER SUPPLY VOL

TAGES" A DISP

710 DISP "Push CONT when check i s complete”

720 PAUSE

739 REM INPUT RUN PARAMt I EPS

74U CLEAR

750 DISP "WHAT IS THE RUN NO.";

760 INPUT NT

770 DISP A DISP "IS THIS A LASER

Cl..', ELECTRICAL CE) OR COMB

I NATION CO RUN";

7S6 INPUT L$A Ul*= ,: " 790 IF L$=“ L “ THEN 1000

800 IF L$=“C'' THEN 8:40 810 IF LS="E" THEN 850

82© BEEP A DISP A DISP "WHAT?"

330 GOTO 770

848 Ul=6 A GOTO 958

858 CLEAR

368 DISP "WHAT UNIT IS TO Bt CAL

1 BRATED? " A DISP

128
870 DISP " 1. EXTENSION TUBE"

880 DISP " 2. OVERSPILL MONITOR

tl 8 9 0 DISP " 3 . B fl C K S CATTER M 0 N I

T

OR"

90O DISP " 4. SEPARATION TUBE"

910 DISP " 5 DEFLECTOR FOIL RE

FLECTOR"

920 DISP " 6. MAIN CALORIMETER"

930 DISP IS DISP "ENTER LINE NO."

940 INPUT U

1

950 IF IJ 1 < = 6 AND 1J 1 > = 1 AND FF'CUl

>=0 THEN 980

960 BEEP e DISP i? DISP "WHAT?"

970 WAIT 100 0 13 ij 0 T 0 8 5 0

980 REM GET CALOR . CONFIGURATION

9 9 0 G 0 T 0 101

0

1000 IJ 1 = 6 i3 U 1 $ = " MAIN CALOR I METE

R " 13 T 0 = 0

1010 01$="" § F = 0 i3 CLEAR 0 M5$ = "DEFLECTOR1020 IF L$ = " L " THEN 1040

1030 DISP "Set LASER RUN - COMBI

H A T 1 0 N s w i t c h t 0 C 0 M B I H A T 1

0

N" 13 GOTO 1050

1040 DISP "Set LASER RUN - COMBI

N A T I U N s w itch to L A S E R

" 1050 D I S P <3 D I S P " P u s h C U N T w h e n ready" i3 PAUSE

1068 FOR I — 1 T U 6

1070 CLEAR i3 DISP "RECORD CALOR I METER CONFIGURATION" i3 DISP

1080 DISP " 0

1090 DISP " 1 1100 DISP " 2

P

" 1110 DISP " 3

TOR"

1 120 DISP " 4

1 130 DISP " 5

EFLECTOR"

1 1 48 DISP " 6

NO MODULE"

EXTENSION TUBE"

OVERSPILL MON I TO

BACKSCATTER MON I SEPARATION TUBE"

DEFLECT 0 R / FOIL R

MAIN CALORIMETER

1150 DISP "FROM THE INPUT END, W HAT MODULE IS NUMBER "

I

1160 INPUT R$

1170 IF R $ < > " 5 " THEN 1250

1180 CLEAR 13 DISP "WHICH DEVICE

IS BEING USED?"

1190 DISP 13 DISP " 1. DEFLECTOR

" i3 DISP " 2. FOIL REFLECT

OR " 1200 DISP i3 DISP "ENTER LINE NO.

1210 INPUT R 1220 IF R= 1 OR R=2 THEN 1230 ELS

E 1200

1230 ON R GOTO 1250,1240

1240 M 5 $ = " F 0 1 L REFLECTOR- " 1250 IF V A L < R $ > < > U 1 THEN 1270

1260 F=

1

1270 01$=01$&R$

1280 NEXT I 1290 IF F= 1 THEN 1340

1300 BEEP 13 CLEAR

1318 OISP USING "K" Ul$," IS T 0 RECEIVE ENERGY BUT IS NOT

I N C A L 0 R . C 0 N F I G U RATI 0 N

1320 DISP i3 DISP " Push CONT when

f- r o b 1 e rn is res o 1 v e d

"

>2 P A IJ SE

1 3 3 A b 0 T fl 9 9 0

1340 IF L$ = " L " THEN 1378

1350 REM GET ELECTRICAL PARAMETE

RS

136 8 0 N U 1 G 0 S IJ B 4 8 8 0 , 4 i 8 8 , 42 0 8 , 4 3 8 8 , 4 4 8 8 4 6 8 0

1378 REM GET AMBIENT CONDITIONS

1388 CLEAR i3 DISP "WHAT IS THE A MB I ENT TEMPERATURE IN DEG.

C?"

1398 INPUT T9

1480 CLEAR i3 DISP "WHAT IS THE B AROMETRIC PRESSURE IN mm?"

1418 INPUT B9i3 CLEAR

1428 IF U 10 6 THEN 1710

i 430 REM SET RTD & TEMP OUT DIAL

1440 OUTPUT 709 USING "K" , "00"

1450 CLEAR i3 DISP "Set RTD dial’

for c o n vy enie n t read l n e o n D

VM"

1 460 D I S P i3 D I S P " I n p u t dine "

,

dial re a

1 470 INPUT 25

1 488 OUTPUT 789 USING "K " , "02"

1 498 CLEAR 13 DISP "Set TEMP OUT

dial t o r c o n v enie n

t

on DVM

readme

1508 DISP i3 DISP "Input

dine " .; dial r e a 1518 INPUT Z6

1 528 REM GET MAIN CAL ZERO RDGS

1538 OUTPUT 724 ; " R3T2D

.

005S " 1548 OUTPUT 709 USING "K " ; "03"

1558 ENTER 724 ; Z1

1 560 OUTPUT 789 USING "K " ; " 0 1 " 1578 ENTER 724 ; Z2

1 580 OUTPUT 709 USING "K " ; "04"

1 590 ENTER 724 i Z3

1 600 OUTPUT 709 USING "K n . n02 H 1618 ENTER 724 j Z4

1620 OUTPUT 724 , " T 1 D . IS

L 724

" @ LOCA

1 638 IMAGE "MASS FLOW IN ZERO RD

G : " , 2 X , S D Z . 2 D 1648 IMAGE "TEMP IN ZERO RDG " 2 X, SDZ . 2D

1 6 5 8 IMAGE "MASS FLOW OUT Z E R 0 R DG : ", 2X SDZ 2D

1660 IMAGE "TEMP OUT ZERO RDG ” ?X . SDZ 2D

129
i 6 ? S

1 680

1690

1 700

1710

1 720

1730

1 740

1750

1760

t 770

1 i'88

1 790

i 3 0

1310

1 o 2 0

1 330

1340. 1350

I860

1370

1880

1 390

1908

1910

1 920

1 930

1940

1 950

I960

1 970

1980

1 990

2000

20 1 0

2028

2030

D 1 8 9 U 3 I N ij 1 6 -• 0 j 2 1 DiSP USING 1650 Z2

D I S F 0 D I S P IJ S I H G 1 6 40 ; Z 3

DISP USING 1660 Z4

REM PRINT RUN PARAM

PRINT "RUN NO : "iN$

p K I H i i} F PINT 11 R U N T Y P E : 11 L$

IF L£ = : ‘L" THEN 1730

PRINT 0 PRINT -UNIT RECEIVI

NG bLEClRICHL ENERGY"

PR INI U1S 0 PRINT

PRINT "NOMINAL ELEC ENERGY

: “ , E 1 ; " J

" PRINT 0 PRINT " COLOR. COMF1

G : " 0 1 * PR I NT " AMB I ENT TEMP : “ ; T9 ;

DEG C"

PRINT "BflRQM PRESS = " 89

m rri H? " WAIT 2000

IF Ui<>6 THEN 2940

PRINT " RTD DIAL SETTING-

" , Z5 0 PRINT "TEMP OUT D

IHL SETTING ^ Z6 0 PRINT

PRINT 0 PRINT USING 1630 ; 2 1 PRINT USING 1650 .; Z2

PRINT 0 PRINT USING 1646 ; PRINT USING 1660 .; Z4

REM STABILIZE GAS ZERO TEMP

OUTPUT 709 USING “K" .; "04"

CLEAR

DISP "WE ARE READY TO SET T HE GAS FLOW" 0 DISP

DISP “GAS FLOW WILL BE FROM

0 DISP

DISP " 1 DIRECT FROM IND

1 V I DUAL " 0 DISP “ CYLI

NDtRS ONE AT A TIMt"

DISP " 2. SEVERAL CYLINDE

RS ON A" 8 DISP " HIGH

PRESSURE MANIFOLD"

DISP 0 DISP “ENTER LINE NO.

II . INPUT G9

IF G9=l OR G9=2 THEN 1990

BEEP 0 DISP "ANSWER MUST BE

1 OR 2" 0 GOTO 1950

IF G9=2 THEN 2270

REM IND. CYLINDER ROUTINE

CLEAR 0 DISP "OPEN MANUAL V

ALVES ON INPUT TO ALL ELECT

RICAL VALVES USED."

DISP “MAKE SURE MANUAL VALV

ES ON HUN-CONNECTED ELECTRI

CAL VALVES HRE CLOSED TO PR

EVENT"

,

disp " back leakage."

2 0 4 0 G 0 S U E 5 8 1 8

2050 (19$=" ERROR » ANSWER MUST BE

1 . 2 3 U R 4

" 2060 ClEAR 0 DISP "TO WHAT VALVE

IS THE PRIMARY CYLINDER CO

N NEC TED?"

2070 INPUT R

2080 IF R= 1 OR R=2 OR R=3 OR R=4

THEN 2 i 00

2090 DISP M9$ 0 GOTO 2060

2100 G 1 $ = VRL$ (. 33+R > 2110 01 SR 0 DISP "TO WHAT VALVE

IS THE #1 BACK-UP CYLINDER

CONNECTED?"

2120 InPUi R 2130 IF R= 1 OR R=2 OR R=3 OR R=4

AND R <> VAL < G 1 $

> -33 THEN 21

50

2140 DISP M9$; " AND " R " IS TH

E P R I M A R Y C Y LINDER VALVE " 0

BEEP 0 GOTO 2110

2 1 5 0 G 2 $ = V A L $ (. 33 + R > 2168 DISP 0 DISP "TO WHAT VALVE

IS I HE #2 BACK-UP CYLINDER

CONNECTED?"

2170 INPUT R 2130 IF R = 1 OR R =2 0R R = 3 0 R R = 4

AND ROVflL<G2$>-33 THEN 22

00

2190 DISP M 9 $ " AND " ; R " IS THE

#1 BACK-UP CYLINDER VALVE"

0 BttF 0 GOTO 2160

2200 G3$=VAL$ < 33 + R > 2210 DISP 0 DISP "TU WHAT VALVE

IS THE #3 BACK-UP CYLINDER

CONNECTED?"

2220 INPUT R 2230 It- R = 1 0 R R = 2 OR R = 3 0 R R = 4 AND R < > V H L < G 3 $>-33 THEN 22

50

2240 DISP M 9

$

AND " .; R ; " IS THE

«2 BACK-UP CYLINDER VALVE"

0 BEEF' 0 GOTO 2210

2250 G4$=VRL$ C 33+R > 2260 GOTO 2520

2270 REM GAS FROM MANIFOLD

2280 CLEAR 0 DISP "MAKE SURE ALL

VALVES ON MANIFOLD AND CYL

INDERS ARE SHUT OFF." 0 DIS

P 2290 DISP "CONNECT 3 OR MORE GAS

CYLINDERS TO MANIFOLD WITH

THE COPPER TUBING PIGTAILS

!• 2300 DISP 0 DISP “OPEN ALL MAN IF

OlD VALVES TO CYLINDERS" 0

DISP

2310 DISP "OPEN VALVES TO 2 CYLI

NDERS .

2320 G 0 S U B 5810

130
2 5 3 0 L- l E H R 15 D ISP " F G R Y 0 U R INF ij R uA T I ON —“ i* DISP

2340 DISP " CHANGE CYLINDERS IF P RESSURE DROPS TU 100#"

2350 DISP "PROCEDURE TO FOLLOW I S " 8 DISP ‘ 1. SHUT OFF

MANIFOLD VALVE TO ONE

Cylinder"

2360 DISP " 2. TURN ON C Y LINDE

R VRlVE TO H NEW CYLI

NDER .

2370 DISP " 3. CLOSE THE CYLIN

DER VALVE ON THE CYL

InDER IN STEP 1“

2380 DISP " 4 REPLACE CYLINDE

R IN STEP 1 WITH A NEW

CYLINDER .

2390 DISP " 5 OPEN MANIFOLD V

AlVE ON THE REPLACEMEN

T CYLINDER."

2400 G 0 S U B 5 8 1 O 2410 CLEAR 0 DISP "CONTINUING WI

Th SETTING UP THE GAS MAN IF

OLD —" @ DISP

2420 DISP "OPEN MANIFOLD VALVE T 0 PRESURE REGULATOR." 0 DIS

P

2430 DISP "SET REGULATOR TO 40 P SI " 2440 GuSUB 5810

2450 CLEAR 0 DISP "TO WHAT ELECT

RICAL VALVE IS THE REGULATO

R CONNECTED?"

2460 INPUI R 2470 IF R=1 OR R=2 OR R=3 OR R=4

THEN 2496

2480 DISP 0 DISP M9$ 0 BEEP 0 WA

1 l 2000 0 GOTO 2456

2490 Gl$=VAL*<33+R> 0 BEEP

2580 DISP 0 DISP "MAKE SURE MANU

AL VALVE ON UNUSED ELECTRIC

Al VALVES ARE CLOSED."

2510 GOSUB 5810

2ti20 CLEAR 0 DISP "We are now se ttina up the a as flow." 0 D

ISP

2530 DISP "On the INPUT GAS TEMP

. CONT —" 0 DISP

2540 DISP " 1 Put the RUN-SET

switch to SET."

2550 DISP " 2. Adjust the BALA

MCE knob so the HEAT C

YCLE LED just"

2566 DISP " does remain ext

l neu i shed . " 2576 DISP " 3 Put the RUN-SET

sw i t ch t o RUN . " 2580 GOSUB 5810

2590 DISP 0 DISP “On the PREHEAT

ER CONTROL UNIT" 0 DISP

2600 DISP " 1 Put the MANUALAUTO switch to AUTO."

26 1 0 D i S P " 2 . Rotate t h e V 0 LT

A G E k n o b t o F U L L C L U C K WISE " 2620 DISP " 3 Put the OFF-ON

sw i t ch t o ON ' 2630 GOSUB 5810

2640 Z0=9 ! THIS VALUE DETERMINE

D EMPIRICALLY.

2645 t 4= . 95 ! ABITRARY VALUE ABO

VE ROOM TEMP

2650 ON KEY# 1

> “ GAS ON" GOSUB 53

00

2660 UN K t Y # 2.> "GAb UFF" GUSUB 5 4 6 0

2670 IF G 9 = 2 THEN 2690

2680 ON KEY# 3,"CHG CYL" GOSUE 5

700

2690 ON KEY# 5.. "MASS IN" GOSUB 5

500

2700 ON KEY# 6

/ "TEMP IN" GOSUB 5

600

2710 ON KEY# 8.. "CONT" GOTO 2910

2720 OUTPUT 70S USING "K" "83"

2730 clear a key label

2748 DISP "MASS FLOW IN readings

on DVM"

2758 DISP "Make sure REGULATORS

are set to 48 PS I

11 2768 DISP "Open FLOW V ALVE 2 t u r ns . " 2778 GuSUB 5818

2788 GuSUB 5306

2798 BEEP ? CLEAR S KEY LABEL

2380 DISP "Check HEAT CYCLE LED

is BLINKING"

2818 DISP "Use FLOW VALVE and BA

LANCE knob respectively to

set below MASS 11 2328 DISP "IN and TEMP IN read in as . " 2338 DISP " MASS IN=" ;Z1+Z8

2840 DISP " TEMP 1N=",T4

2358 IF G9=2 THEN 2880

2868 DISP "Switch to each REGULA

TOR and setit to get these

readings At end"

2878 01 S P "switch to primary c ' 1

l n d e r . " 2338 DISP "MASS IN and TEMP IN a re coupled . Swi tch back ana forth to rnoni torboth readin

9S . “ 2390 OISP "Push k8 to continue " 2980 GOTO 2900

2918 OUTPUT 789 USING "K" . "3"

2928 OFF KEY# 1 ® OFF KEY# 2 6 0

FF KEY# 3 a OFF KEY# 6 8 OF

F KEY# 8 8 CLEAR

131
2930 GOTO 2970

294 0 0 ij T P U T 7 0 9 Li S I N G “ K

11 ; “ 0

" 2 val$< le-ui > 2950 CLEAR S BEEP @ DISP USING '* K" • Ul$;" OUTPUT READINGS

ON DUN'1 2960 WAIT 2000 0 CLEAR

2970 DISP "SHUTTERS BEING TESTED

2980 OUT Pu T 709 US I NG " K " , "3,3

t? .* -• 2.

r ' 2 9 9 0 0 UTPUT 7 0 9 U S I H G " K " ) " 3

11 3000 WAIT 18060

3010 BEEP e DISP "SHUTTER LED 1 s should be green" e whit 200

0

3020 OUTPUT 709 USING "K" "3,3

1 , 3 3

" 3030 OUTPUT 709 USING "K" ; "3"

3040 WAIT 18000 0 DISP @ BEEP

3050 DISP "SHUTTER LED's SHOULD

BE RED" 6 DISP

3860 DISP "DID SHUTTERS TEST OK?

< Y OR N >

3070 Input r$

3080 IF R$=" V" THEN 3170

3090 IF R$="N" THEN 3128

3106 BEEP 6 DISP "WHAT?"

3110 GOTO 3060

3120 CLEAR

3130 DISP “EXERCISE BALKY SHUTTE

R WITH PUSHBUTTONS. IT MUST

OPERATE IN 18 SEC" @ DISP

3140 DISP "Push CONT when ready"

3158 PAUSE

3168 CLtAR 6 GOTO 2970

3170 CLEAR

3130 If L t < >" L " THEN 3220

3198 U 1 $= " MA I H CALORIMETER"

3200 U1=0

3210 DISP "FINAL PRE-RUN CHECK L 1ST" 0 DISP

3220 DISP USING "K" "VERIFY C

ABLE 0 IS CONNECTED TO "jlJ

14 & DISP

3238 IF L4= " L " THEN 3250

3240 DISP "TURN ON KEPCO POWER 3

UFPlY" 6 GOTO 3260

3250 DISP “VERIFY KEPCO POWER SU

PPLY IS OFF"

3260 IF U 1 =6 OR Ul=8 THEN 3280

3270 DISP 0 DISP "GAS BOTTLES SH

OULU BE TURNED OFF AT CYLIN

DERS"

3280 DISP @ DISP "MAKE SAFETY CH

ECK OF AREA"

3290 DISP @ DISP "Push CONT when

read y

33O0 PAUSE

3310 Chain “CLOPS"

4000 REM MAX PAR AM FOR EXT TUBE

4010 £0=1000

4020 V 0 — 100

4030 R0=340

4040 I 0$= " 2207 A

4050 U 1 $ = “ EXTENS I ON TUBE"

4060 GOTO 4700

4100 REM MAX PARAM FOR OSM

4110 E 0 — 1 000

4120 V0=51 .

2

4130 RO=7 8 4140 1 04 = “ 22A7F

4158 U 14= "OVERSPILL MONITOR"

4160 GOTO 4780

4200 REM MAX PARAM FOR BSM

4210 E 0 = 1 0 0 0

4228 V0=86 .

4

4230 R0=22.2

4248 I 04= “ 22639"

4258 U 1 $= " BACKSCATTER MONITOR"

4260 GOTO 4700

4380 REM MAX PARAM FOR SEP TUBE

4318 E0= 1 880

4328 V 8 — 1 0

0

4338 R8=340

4348 I 0$= “ 2207A

4358 U 1$=" SEPARATION TUBE"

4368 GOTO 4780

4408 REM MAX PARAM FOR DEFLECTOR

4418 IF M5$C 1 , i 3= " F " THEN 4480

4428 E 8 = 1 8 8

0

4438 V0=26

4448 R8=3 . 56

4458 1 &$= " 22BAE

4460 Uif=" DEFLECTOR"

4478 GOTO 4788

4488 £0=1000

4498 V8=78 9

4508 R8=25 .

5

4518 1 83? = " 224F2

4528 U 1 $= “FOIL REFLECTOR"

4538 GOTO 4.60

4608 REM MAX PARAM FOR MAIN CAL

4618 E8= 15080

4628 00=188

4638 R8=15.05

4640 I 8$ = " 22AA8

4658 U i $ = " MA I N CALORIMETER"

4708 CLEAR ® DISP "HOW MANY JOUL

ES ARE TO BE INJECTED?"

4718 INPUT El

4728 IF E i <.=E0 l HEN 4750

4730 BEEP 0 DISP USING "K" "TO

0 MUCH ENERGY. TRY ".;E0.:" J

OULES OR LESS." S WAIT 1000

4748 GOTO 4708

4758 T8=5

4768 Vl=SQRiEl*R0'T8>

4778 IF V 1 < = V 0 THEN 4810

4788 T8=CEIL<EltR0/V0A 2 >

132
4790 V 1 = S wR (. E 1 4: R 0 " T 0 > 4300 BEEP e DISP "INJECTION TIME

LENGTHENED TO "

; T0, " SEC OH

DS" S WHIT 2000

4810 REM GET KEPCO COMMAND

4820 IP Vl> 10 THEN 4860

4330 K 1=409. 5

4340 0 e=2

4850 GOTO 4880

4360 K 1=40. 95

4870 D2=0

4330 K 9 = I N T < K

1

1 V 1

>

4890 REM CONVERT K9 TO RADIX 16

4300 V3= I NT < K9-' 1 6 > 4910 D5=K9-16*V9

4920 03= I NT ( V9 1 6

>

4930 04=V 9- 16*03

4940 O0$=VAL$<D5>

4950 IF D 5 > 9 THEN GOSUB 5100

4960 U5$=O0$

4978 D0$=VAL$<D4>

4380 IF D4> 9 THEN GOSUB 5100

4990 D4$=D0$

5000 D0$=VAL$(D3>

5010 IF 03> 9 l HEN GOSUB 5108

5020 03 $=00$

5030 V 1 $ = " 1 " &VAL$ < 02 > &03$&D4$LD5

$

5040 RETURN

5100 REM CONVERT LARGE HEX DIG.

5110 D6=VAL<D0$>-9

5120 ON 06 GOTO 5 1 30 , 5 1 50 , 5 1 70 ,

5

190, 5210, 5230

5130 00$= "A"

5140 RETURN

5150 00$= "B"

5160 RETURN

5170 00$= "C"

5180 RETURN

5190 0 0 $ = " D

5208 RETURN

5210 D0$= " E

5220 RETURN

5230 D0$= " F

5240 RETURN

5300 REM TURN ON GAS

5310 OUTPUT 709 USING "K" Gl$

5320 RETURN

5400 REM TURN OFF GAS

5410 OUTPUT 703 USING "k“ ; "3"

5428 RETURN

5500 REM MASS IN VOLTS

5518 OUTPUT 708 USING "K" ; "03"

5520 RETURN

5680 REM TEMP IN VOLTS

5610 OUTPUT 709 USING “K" "04"

5620 RETURN

5700 REM CHG GAS BOTTLE ROUTINE

5710 REM

5720 G5$=G 1 $

5,'38 G 1 $ = G2

$

5740 OUTPUT 709

LG If

5750 G2$=G3$

5760 G3$=G4$

5770 G4$=G5$

5788 RETURN

5300 REM PAUSE

5810 BEEP 0 DIS

5320 DISP "Push

“830 PAUSE

5340 RETURN

USING “K"

SUBROUTINE

P

CONT when

133
Variable Map

Proyram: AUTOST bate: 84U214

B9 - barometric pressure in mm of Hy (c)

D2 - U3 - number indicatiny power supply voltaye ranye

first hexadec. digit (MSU) of voltaye part of power

supply command

U4 - second hexadec. digit of voltage part of power supply

command

Ub - third hexadec. digit (LSU) of voltage part of power

supply command

Ub - U3* -

U44> -

amount hexadec. number exceeds 9 third character in power supply command (string version of D3)

fourth character in power supply command (striny

version of U4)

Ub* - fifth character in power supply command (striny version

of Ub)

m - temporary striny variable for converting hexadec. diyits

to striny variables

El - L0 - nominal electrical eneryy input (c)

maximum allowable electrical eneryy

F

- flag to look for unit missing from calorimeter

configuration descriptor

G9 - method of yas supply (l=low pressure manifold, 2=h i gh

pressure manifold) (c)

Gl$ - electrical valve channel for primary gas cylinder (L.P.

and H.P. supply) (c)

G2$ - electrical valve channel for #1 back up yas cylinder

(L.P. supply) (c)

G3$ - electrical valve channel for #2 back up yas cylinder

(L.P. supply) (c)

G4$ - electrical valve channel for #3 back up yas cylinder

(L.P. supply) (c)

Gb$ - temporary striny variable for changiny order of yas cylinders in L.P. supply (c)

114* - current limit command to calibration power supply (c)

J

- counter (c)

K1 - K9 - scaling constant for calculation power supply command

decimal equivalent of hexadecimal voltage part of power

supply command

L* - run type (L=laser, Ocombi nati on, L=el ectri cal ) (c)

Mb* - deflector type name display message duriny monitor

period (c)

M9$ - error message in yas set-up routine

N$ - run number (c)

01$ - calorimeter configuration descriptor (c)

RR0 - R$ -numeric answer to questions

resistance of calibration heater (c)

alpha answer to questions

T4 - T9 - T0 -

temperature in reading desired while gas is flowiny

ambient temperature in degrees C (c)

electrical energy injection period duration

in seconds (c)

U1 - numeric indicator of unit receiving electrical

134
eneryy (c)

Ul$ - name of unit to be calibrated (c)

VI - required voltaye settiny of electrical calibration

power supply

vy - quotient derived duriny hexadecimal conversion

Vjfl - maximum allowable electrical calibration voltaye m - voltaye command to calibration power supply (c)

Zl - mass flow in zero readiny (c)

u - mass flow out zero readiny (c)

Z3 - temperature in zero readiny (c) Z4 - temperature out zero readiny (C)

Zb - main calorimeter RTD dial settiny (C)

Zb - temperature out dial settiny (c) zn - chanye in mass flow in readiny when gas is turned on (C)

135
CZ. "CL0P2"

Program Listing

10 RE Pi " CLOP

2

1 DftTE-T 1 ME 331 i IS

ft 09 : i0

£0 OPTION BASE 0

30 D I i'm ft f C 1 3 4 0 0 U T P U T 7 0 9 U S I H G " K " , "1200

0".;" 2288F" 0 ClEAP

50 C 0 Cl G 1 f C23 , G2$C23, G3$E21 , G4$

L23, I0$C53, L$Ci3, M5$C173,N$L

93 , 0 1 $ E63 , U 1 $

L

1 93 , 0 1 $C53

60 COP'i SHORT B9 , E 1 , T9 , Z 1 Z2 . Z3

,

Z4, 25, Zb .-INTEGER G9,T8,U1

70 S H

0

K T V < 1 6 > ,

V

0 <176, 1

8

> , H 6 , H 1

< 1 0 > , VI <55> , I 1 < 55)

SO I NT EGER I , J , J 1 , .J2 , K , L , H9 , R 90 Fuft 1=0 TO 9

100 Hi', I '5=0 110 HE ft T I 120 BEEP i* DIbP "Begin 2 min a d -j us t merit period"

130 IF L $ = " E " AND IJ 1 $C 1 , 1 30 " M

THEN 180_

140 ON G9+1 GOTO 130,150,160

150 OH KEY# 1,'CHG B T L " GO SUB 30

00

168 ON KEY# 2, "GAS ON" GO SUB 358

0

1 7 0 0 N K E V # 3 , " G A S 0 F F " G 0 S U B 3 6

00

138 ON KEY# 8," ABORT" GOTO 3788

190 OUTPUT 724 ; "R3T2D .8818“

288 IF L*="E" AND U 1 $ C 1 , 13 0 " M

THEN 220

218 OUTPUT 789 USING "K" " 3 , " &

G 1

3- 228 0=0 A N9=20+T8

238 OH TIMER# 1,3880 GOTO 260

248 GOTO 248

258 REM PERIOD B

268 CLEAR ft KEY LABEL

278 FOR 1=8 TO 9

230 C $ = “ 0 " & 0 H L 3 < I > 298 OUTPUT 789 USING "K" ; Cf

308 ENTER 724 V<I>

3101 NEXT i 328 DISP "MASS I N= ",V<3

330 0 1 SP " MASS OUT = " V < 1 340 DISP "TEMP I H= <4

356 DISP "TEMP OUT= " , V < 2

366 DISP "MAIN CAL R T D = " ; V <

8

378 DISP M5$:. V<5>

3 88 D I S P"SEPTUBE= ", V

<

6

j 3 98 0 I SP " BSM RTD= " , V <

7

488 DISP "OSM R T 0 =

416 DISP " £ X T TUEE= "

V

<

9

428 J= J+3

438 DISP "TIME'- ";J;“ SEC"

446 IF J < 1 28 THEN 248

458 IF JO 126 THEN 488

466 ON KEY# 8, "ABORT" GOTO 4066

478 BEEP 0 D I S P "Start 8 m i n a d

0

us- 1 ment period"

488 IF J <600 THEN 248

496 REM PERIOD D

580 CLEAR ft KEY LABEL ft DISP "Hu

n is l n d a t a t a k ins stage 11 516 ON TIMER# 1,1008 GOTO 538

526 GOT 0 528

536 OUTPUT 789 USING "K" , "00"

ft ENTER 724 H6ft H 1 < 0 > = H 1 <

0

> +H0

548 0 U T P IJ T 78 9 U S I HG " K

" “ 8 1 "

ft ENTER 724 Huft H 1 < 1 > =H 1 < 1

> +H8

558 OUTPUT 789 USING "K" "02"

ft ENTER 724 > Huft H1(2)=H1(2

) + H0

560 OUTPUT 789 USING "K" "03"

ft ENTER 724 , H8ft H1<3>=H1<3

> +H0

570 OUTPUT 789 USING "K" ; "84“

ft ENTER 724 ; Huft H1(4)=H1(4

> +H0

588 OUTPUT 709 USING "K" "85"

ft ENTER 724 Huft HI <5 >=H1 <5

>+H8

598 OUTPUT 789 USING "K" , "06"

ft ENTER: 724 ; H0ft HI < 6 > = H 1 <6

> +H8

608 OUTPUT 709 USING “K" , "07"

ft ENTER 724 . H6ft HK7>=H1<7

+H0

618 OUTPUT 789 USING “K" ; "08"

ft ENTER 724 H0ft H1(8)=H1(8

> +H0

620 OUTPUT 709 USING " K

" , "89"

ft ENTER 724 , Huft H1(9)=H1(9

J i-H8

638 IF F P < < J—5 ) 6 1 O 8 THEN 708

6 4 8 V 8 < < J — 6 0 5 > 6 , 0 >=H 1 < 0 ) ft V 6 < < J - 6 0 5 > 6 , 1 > = H 1 < 1 > ft V 0 < < J - 6 0

5 06, 2 > = H 1 < 2 > 65u v8 < < J-605 > •- 6 , 3 > = H 1 < 3 > 660 V 0 < J -605 > 6 4 > =H 1 < 4 > ft V 8 < < J-605 > ,-"6 , 5 > =H 1 < 5 > ft V0<<J-68

5 > 6 , 6 > = H 1 < 6 > 6 7 0 y 0 < < J-605 > ft 6, 7 > = H 1 < 7 > ft V 8 <

<

J— 685 > ft 6

,

8 >=H 1(8 > ft V0 < < J-60

5 > ft 6 , 9 1 =H 1 < 9 > 688 Hi <01=0 ft Hi<l>=8 ft Hl<2>=8

ft Hl<3 >=0 ft Hl<4>=0 ft HI < 5 1 =

0 ft Hi < 6 > = 8

698 H 1 7 ) =0 ft HI < 8 > =0 ft HI < 9 > =8

136
700 IF JC1080

940

OR JM15O+T0 THEN

7 1 O IF - J >113

0

THEN 830

720 IF JO 1080 THEN 760

730 OUTPUT 709

~7 11 USING "K" "3, 30

740 OUTPUT 709 USING "K" 11 “7 11 750 G 0 T 0 9 5 0

7 60 IF JO 11 10 THEN 800

770 OUTPUT 709

“7 *7 »l USING "K" , "3,31

7 8 O OUTPUT 709 USING "K" ; " 3

790 G 0 T 0 9 5 8

800 IF J Oil 28 THEN 950

8 1

0

OUTPUT 709

GIT- USING "K" j

ll -7 li <1 820 GOTO 950

830 IF L$= " LTHEN 950

840 OUTPUT 709 USING "K" , " 1 0 " 850 ENTER 724 1 1 < J - 1 1 3 1 > 860 OUTPUT 709 USING "K" II ^

II 870 ENTER 724 ; V 1 < J — 1 131

>

880 IF JO1140+ T0 THEN 910

890 OUTPUT 706 ; " 12000 " . "

2

2 0 0 F

9 0 0 G 0 T 0 9 5 0

910 IF JO 1140 THEN 950

920 OUTPUT 706 V 1 $ , I 0 T

930 GOTO 950

94© IF •J > 1 6 6

1

THEN 97©

950 J = J+1

9 6 0 GOTO 520

970 OFF TIMER# 1 15 OUTPUT 7 09 US

ING "K" j

II "7 II 980 OUTPUT 724 ; "R3T1D .IS" i5 LOC

990

AL 724

OUTPUT 709 USING "K" ; "14"

1000 BEEP 15 CLEAR @ DISP "RIJN EH

D CHECK LIST" w DISP

1010 DISP "CHECK CALORIMETER AND

END I RONS FOR DAMAGE" i5 DIS

P 1020 DISP "PREHEATER SHOULD BE T UR NED OFF" @ DISP

1030 DISP "TURN OFF VALVES ON GA

S CYLINDERS" @ DISP

1040 DISP "CHECK POWER SUPPLY VO

LT AGES ARE NOMINAL"

1050 IF L*="L" THEN 1070

I860 DISP "TURN OFF KEF'CO POWER

SUPPLY"

1070 DISP <5 DISP "Push CONT when

ready

10S0 PAUSE

1090 CLEAR i5 DISP " DATA-SUM PACK

ETS BEING AVERAGED"

1.100 FOR K = 9 TO 9

1110 FOR 1=0 TO 175

1120 V 0 < I , K > = V 0 < I , K> 6

1130 NEXT I 1140 NEXT fellS© IF LT= " L " THEN 1200

116 0 D I S P "Cal ib rati o n v o 1 t a e e s bei n a scale d

1170 FOR 1=0 TO N

9 - 1 ! MULT VI B

Y 10 BECAUSE OF DIVIDER IN

V - I BOX

1 ISO VI < I

>

= 1 0*V 1 < 1 ) 1190 NEXT I 1200 CLEAR i? DISP "DO YOU WANT A PRINT OUT OF THE RESULTS?

< Y OR N >

" 1210 INPUT R$

1220 IF R $

" Y " THEN 1260

1230 IF R $

= " N

" THEN 1900

1240 BEEP 0 DISP @ DISP "WHAT?"

1250 WAIT 1000 w GOTO 1 2 0

0

1260 IF L$= " L

" THEN 1570

1270 PRINT i5 PRINT "ELEC DATA" i5 PRINT

1 2 8 0 P R I N T “ H 0 . V 0 L T S A M P S

"

1 290 I MAGE 3D , 3X , SDZ . 2D , 2X , SDZ 2 D 1300 FOR 1=0 TO H

9 -

1

1310 PR I NT US I HG 1 290 ; I + 1 , V

1

(

I

) . Il< n

1320 NEXT I 1330 IF L$=“C" THEN 1570

1340 PRINT @ PRINT HIT," OUTPUT"

ii PRINT

1 350 IMAGE 3D , 3X , SDZ . 4D

1360 IF IJ 1 = 6 THEN 1410

1370 PRINT

1380 J1=10-U1

1 3 9 0 G 0 S U B 45 0

0

1400 GOTO 1900

1410 P R I N T i5 P R I N T " M A S S FLO W I N 1420

1430

1 440

1450

1 460

1 470

1 480

1 490

1 500

1510

1520

1 530

1540

1 550

1 568

1 570

1580

J 1 = 3 i5 PRINT

GO SUB 4500

PRINT i5 PRINT

T"

PRINT

GOSUB

1 M A 8 S FLOW 0 LI

i5 J 1 = 1 4500

PRINT 15 PRINT "TEMP IN"

PRINT i5 J 1 = 4 G 0 S IJ B 450 0

PRINT i5 PRINT "TEMP OUT"

PRINT 15 J 1 = 2

GOSUB 4500

PRINT 15 PRINT "CAL RTD

PRINT 15 J 1 =0

G 0 S IJ B 4500

GOTO 1900

FOR 1=0 TO 9

ON I + 1 GOTO 1590.1620/164O,

1 660 / 1 680 • 1 70O ,1730/1750 17

70 ,

1

790

1590 PRINT "MAIN CAL RTD

1600 J2=6

1610 GOTO 1810

137
i t> 2 U P A I N i “ M H b b F L U W U UT h 1630 GOTO 1810

1640 PRINT "TEMP OUT”

1650 G 0 T 0 1810

1660 PRINT “MASS FLOW IN"

1670 GOTO 1810

1680 PRINT " TEMP IN"

169 0 G 0 TO 1 8 1

0

1700 IF H5TC1 , 1H=”0" THEN PRINT

" DEFLECTOR"

1718 IF M5TL 1 . 1 =" F " THEN PRINT

'FOIL REFLECTOR”

1 720 GOTO 1600

1730 PRINT "SEP TUBE”

1740 GOTO I860

1750 PRINT "BSM"

1760 GOTO I860

1770 PRINT "OSM"

1780 GOTO 1808

1798 PRINT "EXT TUBE”

1300 J2= 1 0-

I

ISIS GOSUB 5800

1 3 L 8 IF F = 1 THEN 1850

1838 PRINT “NULL DATA”

1348 GOTO 1880

1850 FOR K=0 TO 175

I860 PR I NT US I NG “30 , 3X .. SDZ . 4D "

. K+l,v>0(K,I>

1378 NEXT K 1888 NEXT I 1398 CLERR 8 BEEP

1908 DISP "DO YOU WANT TO STORE

D A T A ON T ft P E ? < Y 0 R N

>

1910 INPUT RT

1920 IF RT = “ Y " THEN i960

1938 IF RT-= " N " THEN 2140

1940 BEEP 0 0 1 S P 8 DISP "WHAT?"

1958 WHIT 1800 0 GOTO 1890

I960 DISP "Insert tape RUN DATA

x in tapedn v e

" 1978 DISP 2 DISP "Push CONT when

read y " 0 PA U S

E

1930 CgEAR a DISP "What tile''"1 1990 DISP "Choices are DATA8 thr

oush DATA 19"

2000 INPUT FT

2018 ASSIGN# 1 TO F$

2028 PRINT# 1 ; NT

,

Li , 0 1 $ , M 5 $ C 1

,

13

2038 PRINT# 1 i T 9 , B 9 , IJ i 2840 IF U106 THEN 2060

2850 PRINT# 1 , Z5,Z6

2068 PRINT# 1 i W0< , > 2970 IF L$= “ L

" THEN 2110

2088 PRINT# 1 ; U1T

2890 PRINT# 1 TO, El , N9

2108 PRINT# 1 010,110

2118 ASSIGN# 1 TO * 2128 BEEP 8 DISP 8 DISP "Data st

o red in tile “ ; FT

2130 PRINT a PRINT "Data s t o r e d

l n file " } F T 8 P R I N

T

2 i 4 8 WH I ! 1008 a CLEAR

2150 DISP "RIJN NO : " ; NT .; " COUPLE

TED" a Disp

2168 DISP "INDICATE CHOIC E"

2176 DISP " 1 END RUNS”

2 1 88 DISP " 2. NEW RUN"

2198 DISP " 3 . READ DATA FILE”

2288 DISP

I ONS "

“ 4. PERFORM C ALCULAT

2218 DISP " 5. TRANSFER DATA ON

R: S 2 3 2 “ 2220 D 1 SP " 6. PRINT OUT CURREN

T RUN DATA"

2230 DISP " 7. COPY CURRENT DAT

ft TO FILE"

2248 DISP 8 DISP "ENTER LINE NO.

i i 2258 INPUT R 2268 IF R> = 1 AND R<=7 AND FP<R> =

6 THEN 2298

2270 BEEP a DISP a DISP “WHAT?"

2288 GOTO 2 148

2298 On R GOTO 2530,2380,2310,23

48 , 2408 , 1 268 , I960

2380 OUTPUT 724 i " R3T 1 D . 8S " a LO

CAL 724 8 ABORT 10 7 a CHAIN

” Au tost

2318 DISP "Enter LOAD ";CHRT<34>

i

' F I LEXM " ; CHRT < 34 >

" . Then

push END L I NE .

2328 DISP " CAUT I ON--Th l s will wi

pe out current program and

data from memory" a BEEP

2338 GOTO 2378

2348 ClEAR a DISP "Make sure tap

e CLOP is in tape drive."

2345 BEEP 8 DISP "Push CONT when

ready" 8 PAUSE

2358 DISP USING “K" .: “Type LOAD

“ .; CHRT C 34 > .; " CALC 11 ; CHRT < 34 >

f " and push END LINE key “ 2368 DISP "When load ins is cornel

ete, push RUN .

2 3 70 P A U S

E

2388 BEEP 8 DISP "ERROR! —Do not

push CONT !

2398 GOTO 2379

2408 DISP "PROGRAM NEtDS 10 BE D EVELGPED TO SUIT PARTICULAR

SERIAL TRANSFER SYSTEM."

2418 WAIT 2000 a GOTO 2140

2420 REM ===========

2436 R t M SPA C

E

2448 REM

2458 REM FOR

2466 REM

2478 REM FUTURE

2480 REM

138
2490 REM RS232

2 5 8 0 Kt M 2510 REM ROUT I HE HERE

2520 REM ===========

2530 REM END RUN

2540 OUTPUT 724 ,‘'R3T1D 08"

2550 LOCAL 724 0 ABORT 10 7

2560 BEEP 6 DISP 0 D1SP "DONE"

2570 END

3 0 0 0 R E M C H ij G ft S BOTTLE R 0U T I N E

3010 G5$=G1$

3020 Gi$=G2$

3030 OUTPUT 709 USING " K

'* ; "3, " L u 1 T 3040 G2$=g3*

3050 G 3 $ = G 4 iF 3060 G4$=G5$

3070 RETURN

35O0 REM GAS ON ROUTINE

3510 OUTPUT 709 USING "K" "3,"

S:G 1 4

3520 RETURN

3600 REM G ft S OFF ROUTINE

3610 OUTPUT 709 USING "K" i "3"

3620 RETURN

3700 REM ABORT #1 ROUTINE

3710 OFF TIMER# 1 3720 OFF KEY# 1 ® OFF KEY# 2 A 0

FF KEY# 3 0 OFF KEY# 8

3730 GOSUB 3600

3740 BEEP 40,306 @ BEEP 50,506

3750 CLEftR

3766 DISP "Program aborted. Push

CONT to start over!" it! DIS

P 3776 OUTPUT 724 ; "R3, T1 , 0 . IS"

3766 LOCAL 724 tf ABORT 10 7

3796 PAUSE

3806 GOTO 126

4006 REM ABORT #2 ROUTINE

4610 OFF l I HER# 1 4026 BEEP 40,360 5 BEEP 50,580

4030 BEEP 40,306 0 BEEP 50,506

4048 DISP "ABORT ACTI DATED! HE A RE RETREATING TO 2 MIN ADJU

STMENT PERIOD"

4058 WAIT 2006 6 GOTO 120

4500 REM ELECT. SENSOR PRINT OUT

4518 FOR 1=6 TO 175

4528 PR I NT US I NG "3D , 3X , SDZ . 4D

I , 00 C I , J 1 > 4530 NEXT I 4546 RETURN

5000 REM MISSING MODULE ROUTINE

5010 f=m

5920 FOR L= 1 TO 6

5630 IF 01$EL, L]OWflLt( -J2> THEN

5650

5640 F = 1 5050 NEXT L

5060 Ft f URN

139
Variable Map

Proyram: CLUP2 Date:

by - barometric pressure in mm of Hy (c)

c$ - scanner channel command for switchiny sensor channels

El - nominal electrical energy input (c)

F

- flay to look for unit missing from calorimeter

conf i yurati on F$ - name of file in which run data is to be stored

09 - method of gas supply (1 = low press, manifold, 2 = high

press, manifold) (c)

01$ - electrical valve channel for primary gas cylinder

(LP and HP supply) (C)

02$ - electrical valve channel for #1 back-up gas cylinder

(LP supply) (c)

03$ - electrical valve channel for #2 back-up gas cylinder

(LP supply) (C)

04$ — electrical valve channel for #3 back-up gas cylinder

(LP supply) (c)

0b$ temporary string variable for changing order of gas cylinders in LP supply

HI - array for acquiring by summing sensor output

data packets

H0 - measured sensor output voltage to be summed to HI

I _ counter

11 - array containing electrical calibration current readings

10$ - current limit command to calibration power supply (c)

J

_ counter

J1 - index indicating sensor data being handled

J2 ' index indicating unit being searched for missing

module routine

K - counter

L

_ counter

L$ - run type (L = laser, C = combination, E = electrical) (C)

Mb$ - deflector-type name display message during

monitor period (c)

N9 _ number of VI (and 11) readings

N$ - run number (C)

01$ - calorimeter configuration descriptor (c)

K _ numeric answer to questions

R$ - alpha answer to questions

T9 - ambient temperature in degrees C T0 electrical energy injection period duration

in seconds (C)

U1 - numeric indicator of unit receiving electrical

energy (C)

Ul$ - name of unit being calibrated (c)

V - array for storing sensor output readings during

monitor period

VI - array containing electrical calibration voltage readings

V0 - matrix for storing all data packets acquired through HI Vl$ - voltage command to calibration power supply (c)

83111b

140
Zl - mass flow in zero readiny (c)

Z2 - mass flow out zero reading (c) LS - temperature in zero reading (c) Z4 - temperature out zero readiny (C)

Zb - main calorimeter KTu dial settiny (C)

Zb - temperature out dial settiny (C)

141
C3. "CALC"

Proyram Listiny

i 0 R E f‘1 P K 0 G " C A L C " DATE - TIME 84

022? 0 15=45

20 OPTION BASE 0

3 0 S H 0 R T '•}

' 176.. i 0 > , 0 1 C 55 > .• I l < 5 5

) , T9 .. B9 .. F 1 i 0 > . 25 , 26

40 DIM D$El3, F$t63, F1$C63, L$C13

, M$L 1 93 , M 1 #C263 , N$C93 , 0 1 $ C 63

, R$E13, U1#E193

5 0 D I M Y 0 ( 8 . 1 0 > Y 1 3 , 1 0 > , Y 2 < 3 .. 1

ti > , K 0 <. 1 0 ) 60 I NTEGER I , J . J 1 , J2, K , L , N 1 , N2

,

N J , N4 , H5 , I 6

7 0 fl 1 $ = “ P u s h C 0 H T i.o hen r e 3 dy

“ yfi CLEAR •9 BEEP

90 DISP "Insert tape RUN DATA x in drive". Ml#

100 PAUSE

110 CLEAR:

120 DISP "WHAT FILE DO YOU WISH

iO ACCESS'? " 130 INPUT F

#

140 ASSIGN# 1 TO F#

150 READ# 1 > N$,L$,Ol#,D$

160 READ# 1 > T 9 • B 9 . U

1

170 IF IJ106 THEN 190

160 READ# 1 > 25,26

190 READ# 1 > 206 IF L#= "

L

11 THEN 240

210 READ# 1 > Ul$

220 READ# 1 > T0,E1,N5

238 READ# 1 > V 10,110

240 ASSIGN# 1 TO * 250 CLEAR @ BEEP

260 DISP "Contents ot tile " > F $

>

" are in memory"

270 DISP "Run No = " > N# 0 DISP

230 DISP "Re- insert tape CLOP in

d r i ve " ..Ml#

290 PAUSE

300 CLEAR

310 DISP "Run No = " .; N$ 0 DISP

320 DISP "Run Type- 11 > L# 0 DISP

330 DISP "Cal or Contie= ">01$

340 IF L$= " L " THEN 2000

350 DISP 0 DISP “Unit receiving

elec, energy"

360 DISP U 1 $ 0 DISP

37© D I SP " Norn l na 1 Ene ray = " , E 1

,

J"

330 IP L $ = " C " THEN 2000

390 IF U1$E1 , 13 <>"M" THEN 400 EL

SE N 1 =0 0 N2=4

400 IF U1$C1 , 13 0 "E" THEN 416 EL

SE N 1 =9 0 N2=9 0 M$=U1$ 0 Fl

#= 11 EXTUB#' " 0 J 1 =9

410 IF U1$C1 , 13 0 "0" THEN 420 EL

SE Hi =8 0 N2-8 0 M$=U 1 $ 0 Fl

$="0SM0N*“ 0 J 1 =8

420 IF Ul#El , 130 "B" THEN 430 EL

SE N 1=7 0 N2=7 0 M#=U1$ 0 Fl

$= " BSMON# " 0 J 1 =7

430 IF U 1 #E 1,13 <> " S " THEN 440 EL

SE N 1 =6 0 N2 = 6 0 M#=U 1 # 0 Fl

f = ‘ SPTU6* " 0 J 1 =6

440 IF Ul$Ci , 130 "F" THEN 450 EL

SE N 1 =5 0 N2=5 0 M#=U 1 # 0 Fl

$ = " F 0 R E F t " 0 J 1 = 5

450 IF Ul#El , 130 "D" THEN 460 EL

SE HI =5 0 N2=5 0 M$=U 1 # 0 Fl

#•= " DEFLC# " 0 J 1=5

468 GOSUB 3000

470 GOSUB 3508

430 KEM LET CAL FACTOR

485 T 2= 1 ! NO HEAT FLOW WHILE SH

LITTER IS OPEN

498 FOR I = N 1 TO N2

5 0 0 K 0 < I > = < Y 0 6 2, I ) - Y A v 0 , I - Y 1 < 0

,

1 j'

t

T 21 SQ R < 1 2 > > J 0

510 NEXT I 520 REM OUTPUT ELEC RESULTS

530 M=

1

540 CRT IS M

556 CLEAR 0 BEEP

568 DISP "RUN NO = " > N$ 0 DISP

578 DISP "RUN TYPE- " j L$

530 DISP “UNIT CAL IB = " > U 1 $

590 D 1 SP " CAL DR CONF I G = ">01$

600 DISP 0 DISP USING "i3A.3X,SD

. 4DE , 2A " > "ELECT ENERGY =",

J

0 , “ J

" 610 DISP USING " 12A, 4K, 2D, 4R" > " I N JECT T I ME " , T© , " SEC

620 DISP

630 IF Ul#El , 130 "M" THEN 660

640 DISP "RTD dial settina=

" > 25

658 DISP "TEMP OUT dial settina=

11 > 26

660 DISP 0 IF M=2 THEN 698

678 DISP M 1 $ 0 BEEP 0 PAUSE

630 IMAGE 1 2 A , 1 X , S D . 3 Q E

698 FOR i=Nl TO N2

780 IF 1=8 THEN M$= " RTD

718 IF 1=1 THEN M$="MASS FLOW OU

T"

728 IF 1=2 THEN M$=“TEMP OUT"

738 IF 1=3 THEN M$="MASS FLOW IN

748 IF 1=4 THEN M$="TEMP IN"

750 DISP 0 DISP M$ 0 DISP

768 DISP “ 2ER0 RATING PERIOD" 0

DISP "=================="

770 DISP USING 680 > "0th MOMENT

= " , Y0 =-. 8 , I > 780 DISP USING 630 > "1st MOMENT

= " , y i 0 , i > 790 DISP USING 630 > "2nd MOMENT

= 11 , Y2 < 0 , I > 300 DISP

310 IF M=2 THEN 340

828 DISP Ml# 0 BEEP 0 PAUSE

142
6 40 LI6F

148 DioP TRANSITION PERIOD" 8 D ISF '=================“

:50 DISP USING 688 '0th MOMENT

• ' T 0 2 I > 360 DISP USING 688 ; "1st MOMENT

, 1 2 I > 3 ~ 0 DI3P USING 530 ; ‘2nd MOMENT

1 Y2v2.-Iu 0 DISP

3 3 0 IF 1 = 1 ij R I=o u R i = 4 THEN 31

0

390 DISP USING 680 "CAL FACTOR

= ' ; K 0 * . I .) 900 GOTO 320

r* 1 0 D i S P USING 680 •

1 S T A B I L FRO

i = 1 j Ky * 2 } # J

U

920 DISP

930 IF M=2 i HEN 960

940 DISP MIS & BEEP § PAUSE

950 DISP

960 DISP "FINAL RATING PERIOD" 8

DISP "==================="

9~0 DISP USING 689 ; “ 0 t h MOMENT

: "

, Yu *; 1 1 j 980 DISP USING 680 = "1st MOMENT

- " i Y 1 1 1 .. I > 990 DISP USING 688 "2nd MOMENT

= ".y2U,D

1080 D i 3 P 1010 IF f!=2 THEN 1840

1028 DISP MIS 8 BEEP 8 PAUSE

1030 DISP

1048 NEXT I 1858 It- M = 2 THEN 1128

i860 DISP "DO YOU WANT A PRINT-0

UT OF i HE RESULTS? (Y OR N>

H 1078 input rs

1 88 8 On l-r Rj= >+2*CR$=a N"> GO

TO 1 898 . 1 1 08 .• 1 1 2

0

1398 BEEP 8 GOTO i860

1108 N=2

1118 GOT0 548

1128 M=1 2 CRT IS M 8 CLEAR

1138 DISP h DO YOU WANT TO STORE

IN SUMMARY? <Y OR N>

1148 InPU: RS

1 158

1 160

1178

1188

1 198

1208

1210

1 228

1238

1249

1 258

ON 1-p< f?$=“V“ > +2$<RS= "N“ > GO

i 0 11 68 1170.- 2920

BEEP 8 GOTO 1126

DISP “Insert tape tLtC SUMM

ARY in tape drive"

DISP MlS

F’HUSE

FOR I =N 1 TO M2

N6= 1

2

IF 1=0 OR 1=2 THEN H6= 13

IF 1=8 THEN F I S= “ML RTDT

IP 1=1 THEN F 1 S= " MAQUTi

IF 1=2 THEN F 1 £= “ TEOUT-t

1260 i r I = -; : i H Eh F i a — ri A V i N 4 1278 IF 1=4 THEN FiS=" TEMIN*

I 2S@ ASSIGN* I T L - 1

i

1290 FyR J=0 TO 68

1308 0N t P R0 R u J i

C

141

u

1318 READ* 1 . G S

1328 READ# I i GS

1338 FOR K=0 TO N6

1348 READ* 1 G

1358 NEXT K 1368 NEXT -J i 378 ASSIGN# i TO t

13B0 BEtP 8 DISP USX n G

“ » ~ ;

I e

u F 1

S

H is full! No roc*

n

tor new data."

1390 DISP 8 BEEP 2 DISP -'PAUSE a

i line 1490'

1408 PAUSE

1 4 1 8 UP r c. R R 0

R

1 4v0 1 1- tRRn = 7 1 THEN 1468

1438 BEEP 8 DISP " ERF N= " , EPF

N

ERRL=“ ; ERRL

1448 ASSIGN# 1 TO * 1450 P‘ AU S E

1460 REM ADD NEW DA T A 1476 PRINT# 1 NS.. OlS

1488 PRINT# 1 ; T9.B9

1498 IF I<>0 THEN 1518

1588 PRINT# 1 ; Z5

1518 IF 102 THEN 1538

1520 PRINT# I Z6

1530 PR I NT# l j0 K0 < I > V0 < 8 . I

f Y0a,i),Y0<2t i),Yi(0 : i

< 1 a D.O'hij I); Y2 O . I ;• , Y2 1 • I > Y2C2.. I > 1548 ASSIGN# 1 TO %

1553 BEEP

1568 DISP J+l;" i ines stored lr OF IS

1578 NEX ! I 1588 WAIT 20 0

8

1590 CLEAR 8 DISP "Re- insert >jp

e CLOP in tape drive'

1600 DISP MIS

1618 PAUSt

1628 GOTO 2928

2080 REM DO L & C RUNS

2032 IF ls= “ C " THEN 2018

2800 U 1 S= 11 N- p

' 2807 T0=8

2016 FOR J 1 =0 TO 9

2820 J2= 1 0—J

1

2838 IF J2>6 THEN J2=6

2048 GOSU& 4000 ! MISSING MOO

2050 IF Fl<Jl)=0 THEN 2880

2060 N 1 =J 1 8 N2=Ji

2070 G 0SU B 3 0 0

8

2075 GOTO 2835

2088 GOSUB 5208

2835 NEXT J1

143
0th HOME

2030 ft t f'l C A l. C EL ENEF OF C RUNS

2190 1

2

= 0

2110 IF L$<>"C" THEN 2140

2120 GGSUB 3560

2130 E2=J8

2140 REM OUTPUT RESULTS

2150 PRINT “ RUN NO- " ; N$ (5 PR I NT

2 4 8 0 P R I H T U S 1 N 0 6 8 8

NT * " , V 0 < 2 .• I > 249 8 P P I H T U S I N G 6 8 0 ; "1st f'l 0 M E NT •• " , VICE. I > 2500 PRINT USING 688 .; “2nd NOME

NT : " , Y2<2, I > 0 PRINT

2518 PRINT "FINAL RATING PERIOD"

2160 PRINT “RUN TYPE : " , L $ «5 PR I 2528 PRINT USING 6 8 0 .;

ll 8

1

h MOME

NT NT = ", Y0C

1

, I

>

2170 PRINT "CALOR CONFIG = 11

: 0 1 $ 2538 PRINT USING 6 8 9 .;

i 1 1st MOME

2180 ft' ft: I N T “ROOM TEMP " B 9 NT = " , Y 1 ( 1 , I

>

2130 PRINT “BAROM PRESS

=

T9 2540 PRINT USING 6 8 8 ^

II 2 n d MOME

2280 PRINT (5 PRINT “ RTD dial set NT •• " , Y2< 1 , I >

t i n a : it . -?E*

.« tL_ _! 255 0 PRINT

2218 PRINT •5 PRINT "TEMP OUT d i a 2560 CLEAR i5 BEEP

1 set 1 1 n a = " Z 6 2570 DISP "DO YOU WANT TO SA VE R 2228 PRINT ESULTS ON TAPE? C Y OR N

it 2238 II- L$ = “

L

" THEN 2268 2580 INPUT R$

2248 PRINT USING " 17A, 5D . 2A" fi 2530 ON 1 + < R $ =

Y

" >+2*< R$ = " N

"

> G 0

INJ ELEC ENERGY : " ;E2.;" J" TO 2600.. 2610 .• 2920

2258 P ft‘ I N i 2608 BEEP t5 GOTO 256ti

2260 FOR I:= 0 TO 9 2618 DISP 15 DISP " Inse r t t ap e LA

2278 IF 1=8 THEN PRINT "MAIN CAL

P: T 0

“ 2288 IF 1=1 THEN PRINT "MASS FLO

W OUT "

S E R R U N x in tape dri v e " 0

PRINT Ml$ 15 PAUSE

2628 01 S P i5 D I S P " W hat tile d o o u w i s h to access v

2230 IF 1=2 THEN PRINT "TEMP OUT 2630 INPUT FIT- 2640 ASSIGN# 1 TO FIT ! LOOK FOR

2300 IF 1=3 THEN PRINT

W IN"

2318 IF 1=4 THEN PRINT

2328 IF 1=5 AND D$=" 0

T "DEFLECTOR"

2338 IF 1=5 AND 0$= " F

T "FOIL REFLECTOR"

2348 IF 1=6 THEN PRINT

"MASS FLO

"TEMP IN"

THEN PR IN

THEN PRIN

"SEP TUBE

2350 IF 1=7 THEN PRINT "BACKSCAT

TER MONITOR"

2368 It- 1=8 THEN PRINT "QUERSRIL

L MONITOR"

2378 IF 1=9 THEN PRINT "EXT TUBE

EOF

2 6 5 0 F u R I — 0 T 0 2 7 266 0 0 N E R R 0 R G 0 T 0 2 7 90

2670 READ# 1 .; G$,G$, G $ , G$

'2680 READ# 1 .; G , G , G , G 2690 READ# 1 ; G$

2786 FOR J =0 TO 91

2 7 1 0 READ# 1 j G 2720 NEXT J

2730 NEXT I 2748 BEEP 15 DISP "Fil e " , F 1 $ .; " i s full. I npu t ano t he r tile

n a m e " .; 2750 INPUT Flf- 2760 DISP "PAUSE to c reate " F 1 T 2330 PRINT

2330 IF FI < I > = 1 THEN 2430

2488 PRINT "NULL DATA" i5 PRINT

2418 GOSUB 4500

2420 GOTO 2550

2430 PRINT “ZERO RATING PERIOD"

•5 PRINT "==================

II 2440 PRINT USING 630 "0th MOME

NT • " , V0 <0 , I

>

2450 PRINT USING 688 "1st MOME

NT : " , VI <0 . I

>

2468 PRINT USING 680 ; "2nd MOME

NT ; " , Y2C0 I .) 15 PRINT

2470 PRINT “TRANSITION PERIOD" P PRINT "================="

it necessary. Push CONT

w h e n ready

" 2770 PAUSE

2780 GOTO 2648

279 0 OFF ERROR

2880 IF E R R N = 7

1

THEN 2840

2810 BEEP i5 DIS

R R L

= " t ERRL

P " E R R N = " .; ERRN ; "E

2820 ASSIGN# 1 TO * 2830 PAUSE

2840 PRINT# 1 .; NT, L$, 01$ , D$

2850 PRINT# 1 i T9, B9, Z5, Z 6

2860 PRINT# 1 i Ul$

2870 PRINT# 1 .; TO, E2, Y0( , > , Y 1 < ,

.•* .• Y 2 *s .* ? .

144
2880 ASSIGN# 1 TO * 4 0 5 0 NEXT L 2890 DISP I + 1

;

1 i n e s st o r e

d

i n 4060 RETURN

" ;F1$ i5 BEEP 4 5 0 0 REM FILL NULL DATA SLOTS

2 9 0 O WAIT 2000 4510 F 0 K -J — 0 T IJ 2

2910 C LEA R i5 D

I

S P " Re-i n sect t ap 4520 Y0< J, I > = - I H F e CLOP in tape drive" 453 0 Y 1 < J , I > = - I N F 2 9 2 0 DISP "DONE II 4540 Y2 < J , I > = - I H

F

2 9 3 0 END 4550 NEXT J 300 0 REM CALCULATE MOMENTS 4560 RETURN

3 O 1 0 N = 2 0 i5 X 1 = 2 3 7 i5 X 2 = 4 7 7 >5 y t 5 0 O 0 REM MOMENT CALC ROUTINE

= 573 i5 X4 = 8 13 i5 X 5=1053 5010 S 0 = 0 i5 S 1=0 S 2 = 0

3020 X 0 = X 2 - X 1 15 X 7 = < X 1 + X 2 > 2 i5 5 0 2 0 FOR I = - H TO H- i O — ’s J . 1 2 (5 X 9 = ( X3+X4 ) 5 O 3 0 Z 1 = Z 0 1 <1+5

>

i5 A 0 = 1 - 1 / ( 4 1 N A 2 > 5 0 4 0 P 1 = C 1 Z

1

3030 C0=X0A - 5 i5 C 1 = S Q R < 1 2 / A 0 > x 5 0 5 0 P 2 = C 2 * < Z 1 A 2 - A 0 * X 0 4 X O / 1 2 > 0

A 1 . 5 '5 C 2 = SQR (. 1 8 0 > / X

0

2 . tr 506 0 S 0 = S 0 + 0 < < K 1 + Z 1 >/Z0, J>*P0

@ Z 0 = < X 2 - X 1 >/:'. 2 *N> i5 P 0 =c 0 5070 S 1 = S 1 + 0 < ( K 1 + Z 1 >/Z0, J>4P1

3040 FOR J = N 1 TO N2 5080 S 2 = S 2 + 0 < CK1+Z1 >/Z0, J > % P 2

3 0 5 0 K 1 = X 7 5090 NEXT I 3060 GO SUB 5000 5 1 00 RETURN

3070 Y 0 < 0 .. .J > = S 0 A Yl(0i J)=S1 i5 Y 5 2 0 Ft REM FILL HULL DATA FOR L 2 < 0 .. J > = S 2 NS

308 0 K 1 = X 8 5210 T 0 = - I N F

3 0 9 0 G 0 S U B 5 0 0 0 5220 E 1 = - I H F

3 1 0 0 Y 8 < 1 , .J > = S 0 i5 Y 1 ( 1 .. J > = S

1

i5 Y 5230 E2=- INF

2 a , J>=S2 5240 IJ 1$ = " N-"H " 3110 K 1 = X 9 5250 RETURN

3120 G 0 S U B 5 0 0 0

3130 Y 0 < 2 .• J > = S 0 IS Y 1 ( 2 . •J > = S 1 i5 Y 2 <2.. J > = S 2

3140 NEXT J 3150 RETURN

3500 REM ELEC ENERGY IHJ

3510 V 2 = 0

3520 U 3 = 0

3530 12=0

3540 13=0

3550 FOR 1=0 TO 9

3560 V2=V2+V1<I)

3570 V 3 = V 3 + 0 1 < I+T0+1O)

3580 12=12+11(1)

3590 13=13+1 1 < I +T0+ 10)

3600 NEXT I 3610 02=02/10

3620 03=03/10

3630 12 = 12/1

0

3640 13=13/10

3 6 5 0 J 0 = 0

3660 FOR 1=0 TO H5-1

3670 04 = 0 1 < I >-02- I * < 03-02 > /H5

3680 I 4= I 1 < I > - 12- I * Cl 3- I 2 > /N5

3690 J 0 = J 0 + 0 4 $ I 4

3700 NEXT I 3710 RETURN

4000 REM MISSING MOD DETECT

4010 F1(J1)=0

4020 FOR L=i TO 6

4030 IF Oi*CL, L3O0RL*< J2> THEN

4 0 5 0

4040 F 1 < J 1 > = 1

RU

145
Variable Map

Proyram: CALC Date:

A)/) - first order correction factor to yet orthoyonal ity

between moments

By - barometric pressure in mm of Hy

Cl - normalization factor for 1st moment

C2 - normalization factor for 2nd moment

C0 - normalization factor for Uth moment

L)5> - deflector type descriptor (U=mirror deflector, F=foil reflector)

El - nominal electrical eneryy injected

E2 - eneryy injected duriny C run

FI - array containiny flays indicatiny missiny modules

F$ - name of file containiny raw run data

Fl$ - name of file in which results are to be stored

G - throw away numeric variable

G$ - throw away striny variable

I - counter

II - array containiny electrical calibration current readinys

12 - averaye zero readiny of II before injection

13 - averaye zero readiny of II after injection

14 - II readinys corrected for drift

J - counter

J1 - index of sensor data in V beiny processed

J2 - number indicatiny unit beiny searched for

in missiny mod test

J0 - electrical eneryy injected duriny calibration run

K1 - midpoint of period beiny calculated

K0 - calibration factor

L - counter

L$ - run type (L=laser, C=combi nation, E=electri cal

)

M - results output type descriptor (l=display, 2=print)

M$ - temporary label for printiny name of unit

Ml$ - -messaye- "Push CUNT when ready"

N - number of data packets in half duration

of any time period

N1 - lower sensor index of data to be processed

N2 - upper sensor index of data to be processed

N5 - number of VI (and 11) readinys

N6 - number of throw away numerical variables

per line in electrical summary file

N$ - run number

Ul$ - calorimeter conf i yurati on descriptor

PI _ 1st moment function

P2 - 2nd moment function

P0 - Uth moment function

R$ - alpha answer to questions

31 _ 1st moment summiny variable

S2 - 2nd moment summiny variable

S0 - Uth moment summiny variable

84U227

146
T2 - factor representing ratio of temp after

shutter closes to temp before shutter opens

Ty - ambient temperature in degrees C

Ttf - duration in seconds of electrical energy

injection period

Ul - numeric indicator of unit receiving eneryy

(electrical or laser)

Ul$ - name of unit receiving electrical eneryy

V - array (176 x 10) containing voltage output

readings for 10 sensors

VI - array containing electrical calibration voltage readings

V2 - average zero readings of VI before injection

V3 - averaye zero readiny of VI after injection

V4 - VI readings corrected for drift

XI - time in seconds of startiny point of zero rating period

X2 - time in seconds of endiny point of zero rating period

X3 - time in seconds of startiny point of transition period

X4 - time in seconds of endiny point of transition period

Xt> - time in seconds of endiny point of final rating period

X7 - midpoint of zero ratiny period in seconds

X8 - midpoint of transition period in seconds

xy - midpoint of final ratiny period in seconds

XU - period duration in seconds

Y1 - array containing 1st moments of 3 time periods

for all sensors

Y2 array containing 2nd moments of 3 time periods

for all sensors

Y|d - array containing Uth moments of 3 time periods

for all sensors

Z1 - time coordinate of the point under question

Zb - main calorimeter RTU dial setting

Zb - temperature out dial setting

Zjfl number of readings averaged to get one data packet

147
C4. "ELSCAlM" Proyram Listiny

ie REM PROG "ELSCRN" DATE-TIME

846228 R 09 ; 25

20 OPTION BASE 0

SO DIM F*C63, M*C203, MifC203, R*C

1 3 , YD < 3 > , Y i < 6 > , Y2 < 3 > 40 SHORT 69 , T9 , Z5 .• Zb

50 I N T E b t B I , M , R 60 Ml *= " Pu s h C ONT when ready"

70 Clear r DIF P "Insert t a f e EL

EC. SUMMARY l n d r i v e

" S0 DISP R DISP Ml* R PAUSE

90 CLEAR

1 00 DISP "DATA FILE FOR WHICH SE

NSDR IS TDBE ACCESSED?"

1 10 DISP "

1 . MAIN CAL RTD

120 DISP 1 2 MASS FLOW OUT"

1 30 DISP " 3 TEMPERATURE OUT"

140 DISP " 4 . MASS FLOW IN"

150 DISP “ cr TEMPERATURE IN"

160 DISP " 6 . DEFLECTOR"

170 DISP "

f FOIL REFLECTOR"

1 80 DISP " O . SEPARATION TUBE"

1 90 DISP “ OR"

*3 BACKSCATTER MON IT

200 DISP “ 10 . OVERSPILL MONITOR

210 DISP "1 1 . EXTENSION TUBE"

220 DISP R u I SF "ENTER LINE NO.

230

240

258

260

2/6

260

290

300

310

320

330

340

350

360

3 70

330

390

400

410

INPUT R

IF R > = 1 AND R <= 1 1 THEN 270

BEEP R DISP 0 DISP "WHAT?"

WAIT 2008 R GOTO 90

ON R GOTO 280,

0.. 330, 340, 350.

F* = " MCRTD4 " R

I METER RTD " R

F*= " MAOUT t ' R

R GOTO 390

F*=“TEOUT*“ R

E OUT" R GOTO

F* = " MAS I NY " R

GOTO 390

F*="TEMIN*" R

E IN" R GOTO I

290 , 306 , 3 1 0 , 32

3 6 U , 370, 3 8

0

M* = " MA I N CALOR

GOTO 390

M* = "MASS OUT"

M*= " TEMPER A TUR

396

M$=" MASS IN" R M*=" TEMPERATUR

F*="DEFlC*" R M*=" MIRROR DEF

LECTOR" R GOTO 396

F*="FOREF*" R M $

= " F 0 I L REFLE

CTOR" R GOTO 390

F*="SPTUB*" R M*= “ SEPARAT I ON

TUBE" R GOTO 390

F*= " BSMUN* " R M$= “ BACKSCATTE

R MONITOR" R GOTO 390

F* = “ OSMON*" R M*= " OVERSP ILL

MONITOR" R GOTO 390

f*=" extub*" r m*=" extension

TUBE"

M = 1 01*= "7"

CRT IS M

420

430

440

450

460

470

460

490

508

510

520

530

540

550

568

570

530

590

600

610

620

630

640

650

B 6 0

6 70

630

690

700

710

720

730

740

750

760

7 70

730

790

300

810

320

830

CLEAR R DISP H*

I MhGE 1 2A , 1 X , SD . 3 DE

ASSIGN* 1 TO F

$

FOR 1=0 TO 6

8

ON E R R 0 R G 0 TO 96

0

READ# 1 N*,01*

READ# 1 : T 9 , B

9

IF ROl AND R <> 3 THEN 510

READ* 1 , 28

READ# 1 , JO, K 0 , Y O ; 0 > , Y 0 ' 1 .? , V 0 (. 2 > , V 1 < 0 > , V 1 c; 1 > , Y 1 < 2 > , Y2 < 0

> , Y 2 < 1 > , V 2 < 2 ) DISP "LINE 11 1 + 1 R DISP

DISP "RUN HQ: ":N$ R DISP

D I SP 11 ELEC . ENERGY = " , J0 .i " J

“ R DISP

DISP "CAL CONFIG "; 0 1 $

DISP "ROOM TEMP : " ;T9," DEG

C

" DISP "BAROM PRESS' "iB9.i" mm

A s " R DISP

IF ROl THEN 680

DISP "RTD DIAL SETTING = " ; ZO

R DISP

IF R < > 3 THEN 620

DISP "TEMP OUT DIAL SETTING

=

" Z 0 R DISP

IF M=2 THEN 650

BEEP R DISP Ml* R PAUSE

DISP

DISP "ZERO RATING PERIOD" R DISP "=================="

DISP USING 430 "0th MOMENT

• 11 , Y O 0 > DISP USING 430 "l.-t MOMENT

: " , Y 1 ' 0 > DISP USING 430 "2nd MOMENT

: " , Y 2 < 0

DISP

IF M=2 THEN 730

BEEP R DISP Ml* R PAUSE

DISP

DISP "TRANSITION

I SF' " ===========

DISP USING 430

" , Y0 ‘ .2 DISP USING 430

; " , Y 1 2 ) DISP USING 430

• " , Y2 2

R

DISP

IF R=2 OR R=4 OR

O

DISP USING 430 ;

: " ,K8

PERIOD" R D

(I "0th MOMENT

"1st MOMENT

"2nd MOMENT

R=5 THEN 30

"CAL FACTOR

GOTO 810

DISP USING 430 "STAB I L FAC

T : " , K04J0

DISP

IF M=2 THEN 350

BEEP R DISP Ml* R PAUSE

148
8 4 ill DISP

858 DISP "FINAL RATING PERIOD" 8

DISP "=========

860 DISP USING 430 ; " , V 0 < 1 > 870 DISP USING 430

: " , V 1 < 1 > 880 DISP USING 430

: " , Y2 < 1 > 890 DISP

900 if ri="

910 BEEP iS 920 DISP

930 NEXT I 940 IF M = 2

950 BEEP IS full

0

THEN 930

DISP Ml* IS

THEN 960

DISP "File

IS U F F E R' R 0 R

0th MOMENT

1st MOMENT

2nd MOMENT

PAUSE

is

IS GOTO 104

9 6 0 U F F E R R! 0 R 970 IF ERRN = 7 1 THEN 1010

980 BEEP IS DISP " ERRN= " ; ERRN j " ER

R L = " .i ERRL

990 ASSIGN# 1 TO %

1000 PAUSE

1010 IF 01 *<>"7" THEN 1050

1020 BEEP IS DISP "FILE IS EMPTY!

1 0 3 0 G 0 T 0 113 0

1040 IF M = 2 THEN 1120

1050 DISP "DO YOU WANT A PRINT-0

UT OF THE FILE? <Y OR N>

1060 INPUT R$

1070 ON 1+<R$="Y" >+2*<R$="H" > GO

T 0 1 080

1

1 00 . 1 1 30

1080 BEEP iS DISP "WHAT?"

1 0 9 0 G 0 T 0 1 0 6 0

1100 M=2

1110 GOTO 410

1120 M= 1 iS CRT IS M 1130 BEEP IS DISP "DONE!"

1140 D I S P IS DISP " T 0 A C C E S S M 0 R E FILES RE-RIJH PROGRAM."

1150 END

149
Variable Map

Proyram: ELSCAN

B9 - barometric pressure in mm of Hy

F$ - name of summary file to be accessed

I - counter

J0 - injected electrical eneryy in joules

K0 - calibration or stability factor as appropriate

M - data output method descriptor (l=display, Sprint)

M$ - name of unit in F$

Ml$ - -messaye- "Push CUNT when ready"

N$ - run number

Uli> - calorimeter conf i yurati on descriptor

K - numeric answer to questions

- alpha answer to questions

T9 - ambient temperature in deyrees C

Y1

Y2

Y0

array containiny 1st moments

transition, and final rating

array containiny 2nd moments

transition, and final rating

array containing Uth moments

transition, and final rating

for zero periods

for zero

peri ods

for zero

peri ods

rating,

rating,

rati ny. U dial settiny for either main calorimeter RTD

or temp out sensor

Date: B4U228

150
Cb. “FACTUK"

Proyram Listiny

10

£0

30

40

50

60

70

30

30

1 00

l 10

120

1 30

1 40

150

1 60

170

130

R E f'i PR Ob "FACT UR l! DATE - TIME

34 0224 8 16 25

REM RF'PlIES CORR FOR DRIFT F ROM OUTSIDE AMBIENT TO RTD H ND TEMP OUT FOR OTHER MOGUL

ES

REM AVERAGES ELECTRICAL RESU

L T S NO P R 0 V IS 1 0 N S F 0 R M H S

S

IN UR OUT OR TEMP IN

OPTION BASE 0

CLEAR

0 1 f'l N 0 <. 6 9 :> , K 1 \ 6 9 T , K 2 <. 6 9 ) .. V 1 (. 69 > , V

2

1 69 > , N $ E 9 . 0 1 *£63 . II $C

353, 1 8 i L 2 3 o 3

DIM F$C63 , RiL 1 3 .. MiC193, FU< 8,

4 '} , V 3 '

. 6 9 > DISP "Insert tape ELEC SUMM

ART in drive"

BEEP 3 DISP "Push CUNT when

ready

PAUSE

CLEAR 3 D

I

of sensor

DISP " 1. DISP" 2

.

DISP “ 3.

DISP " 4.

DISP “ 5.

S P “Enter line n o des l red

Main Cal RTD"

Temp Out"

Foil Reflector"

M i r r o r Deflect o r

Separation Tube

DISP 6 Backseat ter M o n i

t

o r D I SF‘ “ 7 Ove rsp ill Mon l t o r 190 DISP

200 DISP

" 3. Extension tube"

8 DISF1 "Enter line no. 210 INPUT R£ R= I NT < R > 220 lP R>=i OR R \=8 THEN S40

230 DISP 8 BEEP 8 DISP "WHAT?" 8

GOTO 2l0

240 ON R GOTO 258,268,270,280,29

0 . 3 0 0 .. 3 1 0 , 3 2 0

250 F$ = " MCPTD-T " 8 MS="MAIN CAL R TO" 8 GOTO 3 30

260 Fi=" TEOUT#" 8 Mi= " TEMP OUT"

8 bUTO 330

270 Fi= “ FOREF$ “ 8 M*=“FOIL REFLE

CTOR “ e GOTO 330

230 F $= DEFECT " 8 M$=" MIRROR DEF

LECTUR" (if GO I C 3 30

290 F*="SPTuB*" 8 Mi= " SEPARAT I ON

TUBE" 8 GOTO 336

300 F$="BSMON* B 8 M $ = 11 B A C K S C A T T E

R MONITOR" 8 GOTO 33S

310 Fi=" OSMON*° a M$=" OVERSPILL

MONITOR" 8 GOTO 330

320 FT = “ EXTUBT” a Mi = ” EX TENS I ON

TUBE"

330 ASSIGN# 1 TO Fi

335 Nl=0

340 FOR 1=0 TO 68

8 50 ON ERROR GOTO 470

360 READ# 1 , M $ • U 1 i

37 0 N 0 (. I = V A L < N $

330 READ# 1 T9,B9

398 It- ROi AND R < > 2 TFibN 410

400 READ# 1 Z9

410 READ# 1 1 J 0 • K 1 < I > .. G , G .. G .. V 1 . I > , G , G .. G .. G .• G

420 Ni=Ni+l

430 NEXT I 440 BEEP 8 DISP “File " R i ; " is

full " 450 OFF ERROR

460 WAIT 2000 8 GOTO 540

470 OFF ERROR

430 IF ERRN=71 THEN 510

490 BEEP 8 DISP " ERRN = “ ERRH /. " ER

Rl=" ; ERRL

500 PAUSE

510 IF N 1 > 0 THEN 540

020 CLEAR i? DISP "File " ; Fi ; " is

eri iF t y " 530 DISP 8 GOTO 2500

540 ASSIGN# 1 TO :f: 550 IF N 1 <3 AND <R=1 OR R=2> THE

H 2200

555 GO SUB 7000

560 REM SELECT APROPRIATE RUNS

570 IMAGE 6D . 2D, X, SO . 2DE, 2X, SD 2

DE

530 CLEAR a DISP Mi

590 FOR 1=0 TO N

1 -

1

600 DISP USING 578 : N0< I , K 1

•' I

, V l < I J 610 NEXT I 620 D I S P "Delete any r u

n

'? ( Y o r H 630 I N P U T R

i

640 ON 1 + <; R i = " Y

" > + 2 * < R i = " N "

> GOT

Ci £50 , 66 0 , 8 9 0

650 BEEP 8 DISP " WHAT^" 8 GOTO 6

i 0

6 60 DISP 8 0 1 S P "What r u n n o

’

o 7 0 I N P U T N 9

630 DISP USING "K" : "Is "

: N9

t he correct no? t. Y or H 1 " 690 INPUT Ri

70O ON 1 + <RS="Y ,, >+2*<R4J="N") 1 0 710,720,660

710 BEEP 8 DISP "WHftT?" 8 GOTO 6

96

720 N2=-

1

730 FOR 1=0 TO N L — 1

1 FIND INDE .

.

740 IF N0‘, 1><>N9 THEN 760

750 N2=

I

760 NEXT I 770 IF N20-1 THEN 800

780 t-EEP 8 DISF' USING "k " " Fui no . "

> N9 ; " no t t ound T r > a

e a i n ! "

151
1198 D 1 s F 8 DiSP o t f o i n t «

7 y fci W BIT 2 8 8 0 & ij u1 0 5 8

8

" i N 1 300 F U R I = N 2 T 0 N

1

— 2 1 200 DISP a DISP Ii$

8 i 8 IF N2=N 1-1 Then 850 1210 IF M=2 THEN 1330

820 N0 I > = N 8 < I + 1 > 1 228 DISP " D o y o u w a n t t o h a n a e 338 y i < i >=ri <i + i :> l n i o n o t e ? < Y o r N > " 348 y i < i > =y

i

< i + l > 1238 INPUT R $

358 N E i\ T I 1 248 ON 1 + < R $ = “ Y " > + 2 '* < R $ = N " > G

0

368 H 1 =N 1 -

1

T 0 1 2 5 6 , 126 8 , 1 2 8

@

370 IF h 1 > 8 THEN 588 1 258 BEEP a DISP "WHBT?" 8 GOTO

375 CLEftR a BEEF a DISP "No valu 1228

es left to be consider ed" 1 268 GOSUB 7500

3 3 8 GOTO 2580 1278 GOTO 1020

398 IF HI <3 AND < R = 1 OR R = 2 > THE 1 230 DISP "Do you want a copy ot

N 2280 the results? <Y or H> * 9y0 IF N

1

> 1 OR R= 1 OR R=2 THEN 9 1 298 INPUT R$

38 1380 ON 1 + < R $ = " Y

11 > + 2 * < R $ = " N “ > G

0

910 GOSUB 6800 TO 1318,1 328 , i 330

3 2 0 G 0 T O 1 60 0 1318 BEEP 8 DISP " WHBT? " 8 GOTO

938 IF KOI BHD ft 0 2 THEN 958 1290

948 GOSUB 3800 1 328 M=2 8 GOTO 1038

958 IF R=1 OR R=2 THEN 978 133S M= 1 8 CRT IS M 968 GOSUB 4800 1 348 GOTO 2800

978 GOSUB 5880 1 408 REM OUTPUT ANCILLARY MODULE

9 S 8 IF ROl BHD ft 02 THEN 14 00 s 998 RE Pi OUTPUT RTD & TEMP OUT RE 1418 M= 1 8 CLEAR

SULTS 1 428 crt is m a disp m a disf

1080 IMAGE 1 5 H >'A.‘ 3 D . 3 DE

1818 I PlBGE 1

5

H 2 a D 3 D E .• 2 X , H

1820 11=1 8 CLEftR

1038 CRT IS M 6 DISP M$ 0 DISP

1840 DISP US I NG i 080 “ C a 1 i b F 3

1 800 “ S

11 y. 3 td De

1010 "9

1 8 8 * 1 8 * K 3

c tor " .. K 1050 DISP I? D I SP US I NU

t o Dev i a t i on " Kb' 1068 DISP USING 1018

v : " .. BBS < 1 08*K8-'K > 1070 DISP 8 DISP USING

8 1. Cent int ^ ", PBS

y u J ( » »/ II 1030 DISP USING 1018 "95* Cent

l r. t

: " , ft B S < 1 06* T 5 * K 8 K > , " *. 1 ' 1030 DISP USING 1010 "33% Con i int t " , RBS<100*T9*K8'K} .. 1100 IF 11=2 THEN 1130

1118 BEEP 0 DISF "Push CONT when

ready

1120 PAUSE

1138 DISP 8 DISP USING 1000 ; “D

ntt Coe t

: "

FI 1 1140 DISP 0 DISP USING 1000 “S

t a Dev ; 11

.. fl8 1150 DISP USING 1810 ; "< 3rd De

v : 1 88 YHfci'R 1 1160 DISP 8 DISP USING 1810 .; "

9

0^ Coni i n

t

; " i HBS < 1 004T0TPS

.'Hi > , "Si" 1178 U I SP USING 1010 ; "95‘: Coni

int " , BBS < 1 8 8 YT 5 Y H 8 R 1 > , "

It 1138 DISP USING 1018 J " 33'i Coni

int • " .. BBS < i00.tTy*A8-Al >

1438 DISP USING 1000 "Cal ib> r a

c t

' " .• K

DISP 8 DISP USING 1000 , "S

t d D e v lation 11 K 8

DISP USING 1018 ; " *1 Std De

v = " .. HBS < 1 00 *K8 /'K > .

11 *; " DISP a DISP USING 1010 ; " 3

0 C orit i n t

• " H B S < 1

0

0 .1 T 0 1 K 8

/ K > > “ *; “

1 448

1458

1 468

1478 DISP USING 1018 ' 95 *; Coni

int : " , HBS < 1 00.tT5*K8-'K ) , "

*;

1480 DISP USING 1010 ; "99:-; Coni

int:", BBS < 1 88*T9*K8.- K > , " *; *' 1498 DISP a DISP "No. ol points:

" , N

1

1500 DISP a DISP II?

1518 1

1- M = 2 THEN 1636

1528 DISP "Do you want to chanee

l n i o n o t e ? < Y o r N >

" .; 1538 input r?

1040 ON 1+<R$="Y" >+2*<R*="N" > GO

TO 1 550 , 1 568 , 1 580

1558 BEEP a DISP “ WHBT? " a GOTO

1 520

1568 GOSUB 7580

1578 GOTO 1420

1580 DISP "Do you want a copy of

the results? <Y or H )

" ; 1598 INPUT ft$

1680 ON 1 + < R$= " Y " > +2-1: < R$= " N " .) GO

lO 1610, 1628, 1 638

1618 BEEP a DISP "WHBT?" 8 GOTO

1590

152
1628 1*1 = 2 g bOTO 1428

1 638 M=1 g CRT IS fl

1 64 8 GOTO 2880

2088 REM SHOE RESULTS OH T HP E 2818 ClERR 6 DISP ‘‘Do you want t o s a v e results o n t o r M > " .. ape? <1Y 2028 INPUT R $

2038 ON 1 + < F: $ = " Y “ > + 2 4 < R

T 0 2048 .. 2058 . 2580

= " N " > GO

2848 BEEP g DISP “WHAT?

2820

g GOTO

2058 F8 < P. , 1 =K

2868 F 8 k , 2 > = 1 0 64 K 8 " R

2870 F8< R, 3 :> = H 1 2088 IF ROl THEN 2110

2098 F0(1 , 4;=R1

2188 F 8 3 , 4 ; = 1 004fl8xR 1 2118 IF R <> 2 THEN 2148

2128 F8-.:2, 4 > =H 1 2130 F0 < 4 , 4 > = 1 004ASxR

1

2148 ASSIGN# 2 TO " CRLFfl y a 2158 PRINT# 2 i F0O>

2168 PRINT# 2 4 10$

2170 RSSIGN# 2 Tu * 2160 BEEP g DISP “Data s tile CAL FAX"

to red in

2198 GOTO 2508

2280 BEEP g DISP g DISP "NOT EHO

UGH RUNS FOR LEHST

FIT"

SQUARES

2218 GOTO 2508

2508 BEEP S DISP “DONE"

25 1 8 END

3000 REM LIN LST SQR FIT

Lli > N fi T R E L

3018 Si =0 g S2=8 g S3=8

S5=8

g 34=0 g

3828 FOR I=W TO Nl-1

3038 02<I > = 0 1 I > ''2 3048 03 < I

>

=W 1

<

I > 4K 1 < I > 3 8 5 8 K2 < I > =K 1 < I > '2

3060 s i =s i +w i< i j 3078 S2=S2+K1 1. I 3080

3098 S4=S4+v2<. I > 3108 S5=S5+K2 ( I

>

3118 NEXT I 3120 REM Wl=S x

x

) U 2 = S x x ;

W

= x b a r ; k 8 = Y - b a r 3 = S x x V 0

3138 W i —S 3

— 6 1 4 S 2 •••' N i 3148 W 1 = S 4 - S 1 2 N

1

3158 U2=S5-S2 "2xNl

3168 00= S i N

1

3178 K0=S2-'N 1 3188 REM A 1 = SL0PE :• K=Y -

1

n t 3198 A 1 =W3 W 1 32£i0 K=K0-fll*V0

3218 REM W4=S < Y > A2 > W5=S< Y > 3228 W4= <. W2-W S • 2 x K l .) x v N 1 -2.i

3 2 3 8 i-4 5= S 0R W 4 , 3248 REM A 9 = V H R 0 F S L 0 P E K 9 = V A S' 3250

OF Y-mt

R3=W4 - w

1

3 2 6 8 H8 = SQR H9 > 3278 K 9 = W 4 4 ! 1 x H 1 +V 8 A 2 x N 1 > 3 2 8 8 k8 = SQR',K9)

3298 RETURN

4 0 0 0 Rtf'l HUE L S D

4010 S 1=0 g S 2 = 0 g S 4 = 8 g S 5 = 8

4828 FOR 1=0 TO Nl-1

4830 V2< I >=W1< I 02

4048 K2 < I >=K 1 1 > A2

4 058 S 1 =S 1 + 0 1 - 1 i 4060 S2=S2+k 1 t. 1 4070 I« *4- — S »4 \y id I }

4 0 8 S S5=S5+K2< I

i

4 890 NEXT I 4 1 00 0 8 = S 1 xN

1

4118 K=S2xNl

4128 V 9=1 N 1 4 S

4 - S 1

- 2 > x < N 1 4 < Nl-1 > > 4 1 3 8 V8=S0R < v 9

>

4148 K9=< N 1 4S5-S2A 2 > x < N 1 4 < N

1 -

1

>

'> 4158 K8=SQR <K9

>

4160 RETURN

5 0 0 0 REM t -ST RT—T0=904, T5=95

5010

T 9 = 99 %

IF ROl AND Ro2 THEN 5030

5028 N3=Ni-2

5025 GOTO 5040

5030 H3=N 1-1

5040 It- N 3 > 4 THEN 5830

5 8 5

8

T 0= 1 5 0 1 6+N34 1 - 1 2 . 1329 + N3 4 < 5860

3 . 3945- . 4 1 354N3 ) > T 5 = 34 . 958+N34 <.-31 3655+N3 4 : 5070

10 208-1 09454N3) > GOTO 5100

5 0 8 8 T0=N3x<- . 559925368278+ . 60 ”7 p

5 0 9 0

44092534N3 > + 8006

T5=N3x t - . 6 1 1-5593 1 9 1 + . 5 1 0 1 1 0

5i08

23324N3 0 . 0806

IF N3> 1 THEN 5138

5118 i 9=63 . 657

5120 GOTO 5 i 7 0

5130 IF N3>5 THEN 5 160

5140 T 9=40 . 362+N34 1 — 2 0 6 5 6 3 + N

3

ty

5150

4 . 6965- . 363674N3.) > GOTO 5170

0 160 T 9=N3x - . 7155721 70161+ 38 74

5170

90270 1 844N3 > + 0006

RETURN

6000 REM ROUTINE FOR. 1 ORTH PT

6010 k=k l 6 > 6020 K8 = 0

6 0 3 0 R 6 = O

6040 R8 = U i (. 8 > 6050 T 8= 1 6060 T5= 1 6070 T9= 1 6030 08 = 0

153
6 0 9 & RE i URN

7 a 0 0 REM IDEM INFO

7010 Ii- R = 1 l HEN PI $=“:•'' P P 2 $ = " 7020

^

i» IF R=2 THEN Pl$=‘* 4“ P

ii P 2 $ = “

7 0 3 0

lLIF R = 3 THEN P 1 ^ = “ flE

8

F'2$- ’*

7 040 IF R = 4 THEN Pl$ = ,, *

, ‘ 8 P2$= " 7050

£IF R = 5 THEN Pl$= l, £" 8

T-

*' P 2 $ = "

7 060

1IF R=6 THEN Pl$ = ,, t" 0 P2$="

7 070 IF R = 7 THEN Pl$= , 'g." 8

i_ « P 2 $ = “

7 030 IF R=8 THEN Pi $=“*-' 8

-4- P 2 $ = "

7090 RESIGN# 3 TO "CALF AX"

7100 READ# 3 } F6< , > 7110 RERD# 3 19$

7120 p i = p o s <: 1

0

$

p

i $ > 7130 P2=P0S 10$. P2$ :> 7140 I 1 $ = I U$CP 1 + 1 . F'2 - 1

3

7150 RETURN

7500 REN MAKE NEW INFO NOTE

75 1 0 D1SP 0 DISP "Type in new in

to note Cmax=35 char

3

11 7520 input n$

7530 P3=P0S< 10$. > 7540 IF ROl THEN 7579

7550 1 0$ = I 1 $&I 0$CP2. P33

7560 GOTO 7530

7570 1 8$= 1 0$C 1 . P 1 3& I 1 $ & I 0$CP2 . P3

3

7530 RETURN
Variable Map

Proyrain: FACTOR Date: 84U224

A1 - A8 - Ay -

drift coefficient (slope from least squares fit)

standard deviation of A1 variance of A1

F0 - 8x4 array containing "best" values

of temperature sensors

F* - name of electrical summary file to be accessed

li throw away variable

TS- V

1

1 counter

alpha striny containing info notes and delimiters for

all 8 sensors

11$ - information note for data being considered

J0 - electrical eneryy injected

KK1 - K2 - K8 - K9 - K0 -

"best" value of calibration factor

array containing ca^ factor read from elec, summary file

array containing K1 terms standard deviation of K variance of K average value of K1

M

M$ - results output type descriptor (l=display, 2=printer)

name of sensor represented by F$

N1 - HZ - N3 - N9 - N0 - N$ -

counter of lines of data

index of run data to be edited out degrees of freedom in t-statistic eoutine

run number for data to be edited out array containing numeric equivalents of N$ run number

Ul$ - calorimeter configuration descriptor

PI - P2 - P3 -position of Pl$ in 10$

position of P2$ in 10$

position of last delimiter in 10$

Pl$ - leading delimiter for info note

P2$ - trailiny delimiter for info note

RR$ - numeric answer to question

alpha answer to question

51 - 52 - 53 - 54 - 55 -summation of VI terms summation of Kl terms

summation of Vl

2 x kl terms summation of Vl 2 terms

summation of Kl terms

T5 - 95 percent t-stat

T9 - ambient temperature in degrees C, also after line 97U,

99 percent t-stat

T0 - 9U percent t-stat

VI - array containing 1st moments of zero rating period from

elec, summary files

V2 - V 3 - V0 -

array containing squares of VI array containing VI x Kl terms

average value of VI

W1 - W2 - sum of squares of the VI residuals

sum of squares of the Kl residuals

155
Wb - W4 - Wb -

Z0 -

sum 2

ot' squares of the VI x K1 residuals

(Wb /W2) x (Nl-2)

square root of W4

dial setting of main calorimeter RTD or temperature out

(as appropriate)

156
Cb. "FILEXM" Froyram Listiny

1 6

28

30

40

50

60

70

80

96

1 00

1 10

1 20

1 30

140

150

1 60

170

1 80

1 90

200

210

220

230

240

250

260

270

280

290

300

310

3 2 0

330

340

350

360

370

380

390

400

4 10

420

430

440

450

460

REN PROG "FILEXM" DATE-TIME

340220 8 12 : 35

OPTION BASE 0

3 H 0 R T O 1 7 6 . 1 0 > , 0 1 (. 5 5 ) .. I 1 < 5 5

DIM 0*0 3, FSC63, L$C13, 01*C63

N S C 9 J RSC13 • LUTE 133, H$C283

INTEGER I , N 5 U 1 , J

1

M $ = “ p u s n C 0N l w h e n readx

“ CLEAR 0 BEEF' DISP “Insert taF-e RUN DATA x

in d

r

i v

e

DISP Ms A PAUSE

CLEAR

DISP " W n a t tile d o x o u w i s h

to access ’?

INPUT Fs

ASSIGN# 1 TO F $

READ# 1 ; N*,L*,01*,D*

READ# 1 , T 9 , E: 9 , IJ 1 It- IJ 1 \ > 6 THEN 180

READ# 1 Z5,Z6

READ# 1 i 0 < ,

>

IF Lf = "

l

“ THEN 230

READ# 1 His

READ# 1 ; T 0 , E 1 , h 5

READ# 1 ; 010,110

ASSIGN# 1 TO * CLEAR 0 DISP USING “ K

" ; “Co

n tents of tile “jFf 11 are in

memory

WAIT 2000

M= 1 CLEAR 8 CRT IS M

DISP “Run No; " ; N$

D I S P 8 u I S P " Run T y p e

•

'• , Ls

DISP 8 DISP "Cal o r Contis- 11 0

1

M

D I SP “ Room T emp : " ; T 9

;

“ DEG c“

DISP “Barom Press ; “ B 9 ; “ mm He"

IF Lf-= “ L " THEN 880

DISP 8 DISP USING “158,50,20

" ; "Horn Energy : ", El ,

J"

IF M = 2 THEN 380

DISP 8 DISP m

PAUSE

DISP 8 DISP "Elec Data" 8 01

SP

D ISP " L i n e V cits A m p s

11 F 0 R 1 = 0 T 0 H 5 — 1 D I SP US I NG " 3D , 3X , M2D . 2D , 2K

,

M2D . 2D " , 1 + 1 , V 1 < I >

,

11(1 > NEXT I IF M=2 THEN 460

DISP 8 OISP M* 8 DISP

PAUSE

IF LS= !, C" THEN 810

4 , 0 DISP 8 OISP U 1 $ ’• DUTPU t " R DISP

480 IMAGE x, "DIAL SET I ING ' , A M5D

490 IF UlfCl , 13="M“ THEN 540

500 U* = U ISC 1,13

5 1 0 J 1 = C U S =0 $ > + 2 * ( US = " S ")t 3 4 < U $ =

“ B “ j + 4 4 < U S = " 0 " > + 54 c. ij $ =

11 E

" + 4

520 GOSUB 2500

538 GOTO 114©

548 DISP "MASS FLOW IN" 8 OISP

55© J 1=3

568 G0 S U B 2 5 8 0

5 7 0 D I S P 8 D 1 3 P " M A S S F L 0 W 0 U T

1 8 DISP

580 -Jl = l 5 9 8 G 0 S UB 25 8

8

680 DISP 8 DISP ''TEMPERATURE IN"

8 DISP

618 J 1 =4

6 2 0 G 0 S U B 25 0 8

630 DISP 8 DISP "TEMPERATURE OUT

640 OISP USING 430 : Z6 8 Jl — ^ 650 G 0 5 U B 2 5 0 6

6 6 0 DISP 8 DISP "CALORIMETER RTD

678 DISP USING 480 ; Z5 8 Jl = 0

t£i y M GOSUB 2588

698 GOTO 1148

800 REM OUTPUT L & C RUNS

3 1

0

FOR Ji=0 |0 9

826 ON J 1 + 1 GOT 0 338 , 860 . 880 ,910

,930,950, 1000, 1020, 1040, 1 060

330 DISP 8 DISP “CALORIMETER RTD

340 DISP USING 430 ; Z5 8 j2 = 6

350 Gu l 0 1080

360 DISP 8 DISP "MASS FLOW OUT"

8 Li ISP

870 GOTO 1080

330 DISP 8 OISP "TEMPERATURE

1! OUT

390 DISP USING 488 ; Zb

900 GO i G 1080

910 DISP 8 DISP "MASS FLLuW

6 D I S P

IN"

920 GOTO 1080

930 DISP 8 DISP "TEMPERATURE

8 DISP

IN"

940 GOTO 1080

950 IF D*="F“ THEN 980

960 DISP 8 DISP "DEFLECTOR"

SF

8 D

I

970 GOTO 1070

930 DISP 8 DISP “FOIL REFcEC

8 DISP

TOR"

990 GOTO 1070

1 000 DISP 8 DISP "SEPARATION

E

,: 8 DISP

TUB

157
1 8 1 8 GOTO 1076

1828 DISP 8 DISP "BRCKSCRl (ER MO

HI TOP" 6 D

1

SF

1 838 G 0 T 0 1070

1 040 DISP 8 DISP

TOR" P DISP

" OVERSPILL MON

I

1 050 GOTO 1870

1 060 DISP P DISP

" P DISP

"EXTENSION TUBE

1 0 70 •J2= 1 0- J

1

1080 GO SUB 2088

1098 IF F= 1 THEN 1 128

i 1 88 DISP "HULL ORTH"

1110 GOTO 1138

l i28 GO SUB 2588

1 1 30 NEXT Jl

1 148 IF M=2 THEN 1238

1 158 DISP P BEEP e DISP "DO YOU

WfiNT R COPY OF THE DATA?"

1 168 INPUT R$

1 170 ON 1 + K $ - " Y

11 > + 2 % <. R $ = " N " > GO

TO 11 88 .• 1 208 1 236

1 188 BEEP P DISP P DISP " NHRT?

1198 GOTO 1166

1 200 M=2

1210 CRT IS M

1 220 GOTO 230

i 230 M= 1 1 240 CRT IS M

1 250 BEEP P DISP P DISP "DONE"

1260 DISP P DISP "RE-RUN PROG TO

PERD MORE FILES"

1278 ENU

2800 REM MISSING MODULE DETECT

2010 F = 0

2028 J2$=URLf < J2

2830 FOR L=1 TO

2040 IF 01$CL,L3 < > •J 2 $ THEN 2860

2056 F= 1 2060 NEXT L 2078 RETURN

2508 REM PRINT OUT SENSOR ORTR

2518 IMRGE 3D, 2X

, M2D 40

,M2D . 40 , 4X , 3D • 2X

2526 FOR K=0 TO 87

2536 DISP USING 2518 ; K + 1 , V < K ,

J

1 > , K+89, V (. K +88, J 1 > 2546 NEXT K 2556 RETURN

158
Variable Map

Program: FlLEXM Date:

by - barometric pressure in mm of Hg

U$ - deflector type descriptor (D=mirror deflector,

F=foil reflector)

tl - nominal electrical energy injected

F - flag in missing module routine (0=missiny, l=present)

F$ - name of temporary data file to be accessed

I - counter

II - array containing electrical calibration current readinys

J1 - column index in V indicating particular sensor

JZ - numeric indicator of module

J2$ - striny equivalent of J2 for comparing in missing

module routine

K - counter

L - counter

L$ - run type (L=laser, C=combi nati on, E=electri cal

)

M - results output type descriptor (l=di splay, 2=printer)

M$ - -messaye- "Push CUNT when ready"

Nb - number of VI (and II) data points

N$ - run number

01$ - calorimeter configuration descriptor

R$ - alpha answer to questions

T9 - ambient temperature in degrees C T0 - duration of injection period in seconds

U1 - number of module receiving energy (laser or electrical)

U$ - one letter descriptor of unit receiving electrical

energy

Ul$ - name of module receiving electrical eneryy

V - matrix (176 x 1U) containing output values

for all sensors

VI - array containing electrical calibration voltage readings

Zb - main calorimeter RTD dial settiny

Zb - temperature out dial setting

84U22U

159
C7. "CHMUN"

Proyram Listiny

tr REM FROG 11 CHnOH" DATE-TIME 8

40222 M 09 55

10 OLE HR

30 ON KEY# i , "89" GOTO 300

40 OH KEY# .. ' 0 8 " G 0 T 0 5 0 0

50 ON KEY# 3 "07" GOTO 700

SO OH KEY# 4, " 0

6

" G 0 TO 98

0

70 ON KEY# 5, "05" GOTO 11O0

SO OH KEY# 6

" 00 " GOTO 1380

35 ON KEY# "SELECT" GOTO 1500

90 0 N K, E V #

Cj " S T 0 P

" G 0 TO 14 0

91 CLEAR

92 DISP "Push U 0 K t o c o n n ect a p

F- roe r l a t e s c a n n e r c h a n n e 1 t o DOM . "

'll U I SP

93 DISP "Pu sh ms SELECT lets

y o u c h o o sea n y c h a n n e

1

100 K E T LABEL

118 REM IDLING LOOP

126 REM

130 GOTO HO

140 DISP “PROGRAM TERMINATED"

150 fcfEtP ISO END

300 OUTPUT 709 USING "K" . ii g C| ii 3 1

0

GOTO 91

5 00 OUTPUT 709 USING "K" " 08 ” 5 1

0

GOT 0 9

1

7 00 OUTPUT 709 USING " K

"

j "07"

718 GOTO 9

1

900 OUTPUT 709 USING "K" .. " 06 " 910 GUlO 91

1 100 OUTPUT 789 USING "K " "05

1110 GOT 0 9 1

1 300 OUTPUT 709 USING "K " "00

1310 GOTO 9 X

1 500 CLEAR H 01 SP “ NHHT CHANNEL

1510 INPUT C$

1528 OUTPUT 709 USING "K “ s C $

1536 GO i 0 9 1

Variable Map

C$ - channel command to scanner
Ctt . "KtPCU"

Proyrani Listiny

D ft. Eli F' ft Li G " R E P C U “ D ft T £ — T I !'1 E 4 0 2 2 2 ‘2 10 1

0

10 CLEAR

29 DISP ’WHAT VOLTAGE L I M I T 30 INPUT VI

4ti IF ft 6

S

<

V

1 ) > 1 9 THEN 79

50 K 1=409 .

5

60 GOTO 80

70 k 1=40 95

39 V 9 = I N T >: ft B S C K 1 1 V 1 > > 90 01 = 1

1 00 IF VI .0 THEN 180

1 10 IF V 1 > 1 0 THEN 150

120 02=2

1 J0 GOSUB 1600

1 40 G 0 TO 240

150 02 = 0

1 69 GOSUB 1900

170 GOTO 240

130 IF VI <-19 THEN 220

190 02=3

200 GOSUB 1009

2i9 GOTO 249

229 02=1

239 GOSUB 10G0

249 ft$=X$

250 REM SET CURRENT LIMIT

260 D I SP

270 OISP "WHAT CURRENT LIMIT

230 INFUI V2

290 01=2

300 02=2

310 V

0

= I N T < ft B S <409.5* V

2

j

’) 320 G 0 S U B 1 0 0 G 330 e$=x$

335 GOSUB 500

349 OUT PU T 706 AT B$

350 DISP

i 0 8 o D 5 $ = U 0 $

1 990 D0$=VAl$ ' 04 '

1 1 0 0 IF 04 > 3 THEN GOSUB 2 9 0 0

1110 D 4 $ = 0 0 $

1 120 O0$ = VAl $ < 03

1 130 IF 0 3 > 9 THEN GOSUB 2000

i 140 03$=08$

1 150 X $ = V ft L t < 0 1 > & V ALT < 0

2

S & 1_1 5 S

>*03$ TO

4

1 160 RETURN

2000 REM CONVERT LARGER HEXAOEC

I

MALS TO ftLPHANUMEF: I r 2010 06=VAL < 00$ > -9

2020 On 06 GO i U 2030.285

099, 21 10, 2 i 30

6 , 2076 ,

2

2830 00$= “ A

2840 GOTO 2140

2050 D0$='“ B“

2969 GOTO 2140

2 0 7 0 09$= “ C

2980 GOTO 2140

2098 D A $ = “ 0

" 2 1 09 GOTO 2140

2110 D0$=‘'E“

2120 GOTO 2140

2130 00$= “F"

2140 RETURN

360 BEEP

370 D 1 5 P

•' K EPCO SET T 0 “ ; V i j “ V

0

LiS FIND " V 2.“ BMPS 1 " 330 END

500 REM —ROUTINE TO SET OVM & S

CftNNER

510 IF ft B S < 0 1 > > 1 5 THEN 540

520 OUTPUT 709 USING "K" ; ”11“

530 GOTO 550

540 OUTPUT 709 USING " K

" , " 12"

556 OUTPUT 724 , ”R3“

560 LOCftL 724

5 70 ABORT 10 7

530 RETURN

1900 REM CONVERT V9 TO RADIX 16

1010 LET Ei=FLGOR<:ve,--lb>

1920 05=00-1 STE

1

1030 LET E2=FL00R < E 1 1 6 > 1049 04=El-iS*E2

1059 03=E2

1 060 D0$=VAL$ < 05 > *070 IF D5>9 THEN GOSUB 2000

161
Variable Map

Program: KEPCU Date: 84U222

A$ - voltaye command to power supply

6$ - current command to power supply

1

1

1

1

11

1

1

.-h

rvj

ro

_no?

number indicating SN488 channel (l=voltaye, 2=current)

number indicating SIM488 ranye

1st hexadecimal diyit (MSU) of power supply command

2nd hexadecimal diyit of power supply command

3rd hexadecimal diyit (LSD) of power supply command

amount hexadecimal number exceeds y 3rd character in power supply command (MSU)

4th character in power supply command

(2nd hexadecimal digit)

Db$ - D0$ - bth character in power supply command (LSD)

temporary string variable for converting hexadec digits

to string variables

El - quotient derived during hexadecimal conversion

K1 - scaling constant for calculating power supply command

VI - V2 - V0 -voltage limit

current limit

decimal equivalent of hexadecimal number part of power

supply command

u - transfer striny variable for calculating power supply

commands

162
U.S. DEPT. OF COMM. 1. PUBLICATION OR 2. Performing Organ. Report No. 3. Publ i cation U ate BIBLIOGRAPHIC DATA

SHEET (See instructions)

REPORT NO. NBSIR 84-3008 October 1984

4. TITLE AND SUBTITLE

A Calorimeter for Measuring High-Energy Optical Pulses

5. AUTHOR(S)

P. A. Simpson, E. G. Johnson, Jr., S. M. Etzel

6. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION (If joint or other than NBS, see instructions) 7. Contract/Grant No.

NATIONAL bureau of standards

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE 8. Type of Report & Period Covered

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20234

9. SPONSORING ORGANIZATION NAME AND COMPLETE ADDRESS (Street. City, State, ZIP)

Newark AFB

Newark, Ohio

10.

SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES

J Document describes a computer program; SF-185, FIPS Software Summary, is attached.

11.

ABSTRACT (A 200-word or less factual summary of most si gnifi cant information . If document includes a si gnificant

bi bl iography or literature survey, mention it here)

Two similar calorimeters for measuring laser pulses in the range 1 kJ to 15 kJ are described. The calorimeters, which are electrically calibrated, can be

operated anywhere from the ultraviolet to infrared by selecting the proper

materials for the volume absorber and deflecting mirror. Operation of each

calorimeter is controlled by a dedicated desk-top computer. The theoretical

basis for the calorimeters is given as are the constructional and operational

details. The computer programs that are used are included in the appendices.

12.

KEY WORDS (Six to twelve entries; alphabetical order; capitalize only proper names; and separate key words by s/ calorimeter; computer-controlled calorimeter; electrically calibrated calorimeter;

high energy calorimeter; laser pulse; volume absorbing calorimeter.

13. AVAILABILITY

| y | Unl imited

[ | For Official Distribution, Do Not Release to NTIS

| | Order From Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C.

20402.

| X | Order From National Technical Information Service (NTIS), Springfield, VA. 22161

14. NO. OF

PRINTED PAGE!

170

15. Pn

$ 16.00

J

'» UM•